Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D18-0124 - COSTCO - ANTE ROOM AND LED LIGHTING
COSTCO WHOLESALE 400 COSTCO DR EXPIRED 01/13/2020 D18-0124 Parcel No: Address: Project Name: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov 2523049057 400 COSTCO DR BLDG COSTCO WHOLESALE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: Issue Date: Permit Expires On: D18-0124 5/21/2018 11/17/2018 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: Address: License No: Lender: Name: Address: „ WA, LUCAS WEIGEL 400 COSTCO DRIVE ST #150 , TUKWILA, WA, 98188 FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION INC 13810 SE EASTGATE WAY SUITE 110, BELLEVUE, WA, 98005-4417 FERGUCI000LA COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE , ISSAQUAH, WA, 98027 Phone: (206) 575-9191 Phone: (206) 767-3810 Expiration Date: 6/1/2020 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: ADDING NEW ANTE ROOM TO THE EXISTING VAULT ROOM. UPGRADE EXISTING LIGHTING IN VAULT ROOM TO LED. NO CHANGE TO EGRESS. Project Valuation: $66,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Construction: VB Electrical Service Provided by: Fees Collected: $2,003.49 Occupancy per IBC: Water District: Sewer District: Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2017 2017 2017 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Number: 0 Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: No Permit Center Authorized Signature: (1Date: S —p--) 1 I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions •ttached to this permit. Signature:��2� • Print Name: L-e.X.A S J Date: 5"6 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 2: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 4: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 5: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 6: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 8: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 9: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 10: Every occupied space other than enclosed parking garages and buildings used for repair of automobiles shall be ventilated in accordance with the applicable provisions of the International Mechanical Code. 11: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 12: AH electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 13: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 14: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 21: TO SCHEDULE ALL FIRE INSPECTIONS CALL 206-575-4407. 18: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 16: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 15: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 17: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 19: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 20: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 0603 ROOF/CEILING INSUL 4046 SI-EPDXY/EXP CONC 4004 SI -WELDING 0601 WALL INSULATION CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov l Building Permit No. Tj ! 0 '6I .9 Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: o Y(?1// kv (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 252304-906305 Site Address: 400 Costco Drive, Tukwila WA 98188 Tenant Name: Costco Wholesale Suite Number: - PROPERTY OWNER Name: / l.44 s / 1t i&€ L Name: Costco Wholesale Corporation (��77 City: / %erXIA State:kok Zip:gv gg J / Address: 999 Lake Drive Email: Grat%A1ri e. C V sGO • God‘ City: Issaquah State: WA Zip: 98027 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: / l.44 s / 1t i&€ L Address: llllc GO (..�' E� r�/J 0 %'G (��77 City: / %erXIA State:kok Zip:gv gg J / Phone: S7 S.._ 1/g3/ Fax: Email: Grat%A1ri e. C V sGO • God‘ GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Ferguson Construction Address: 13810 SE Eastgate Way, Suite 110 City: Bellevue State: WA Zip: 98005 Phone: (425) 974-8400 Fax: Contr Reg No.: FERGUCI000LA Exp Date: 06/01/2018 Tukwila Business License No.: BUS -0994431 H:\Applications\Forns-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\'ermit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh New Tenant: Floor: ❑ Yes ..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Engineers Northwest, Inc. Company Name: MG2 Address: 9725 Third Avenue NE, Suite 207 Architect Name: Mitchell Smith Phone: (206) 525-7560 Fax: Address: 1101 2nd Avenue, Suite 100 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98101 Phone: (206) 962-6500 Fax: Email: ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: Engineers Northwest, Inc. Engineer Name: Rich Zhu Address: 9725 Third Avenue NE, Suite 207 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98115 Phone: (206) 525-7560 Fax: Email: richz@engineersnw.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: Costco Wholesale Corporation Address: 999 Lake Drive City: Issaquah State: WA Zip: 98027 Page 1 of 4 t 1, BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 66,000 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Adding new Ante Room to the existing Vault Room. Upgrade existing lighting in Vault room to LED. No change to egress. Existing Building Valuation: $ Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: N/A Single family building footprin (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0 No If"yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes J No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1s` Floor 220 V -B M 2'd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: N/A Single family building footprin (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0 No If"yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes J No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): N/A Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑... Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑ .. Highline ❑ ...Valley View 0 .. Renton ❑ ... Sewer Availability Provided 0 .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ ...Bond 0 .. Insurance 0 .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑. ❑. ❑. ❑. ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours 0 .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage . Abandon Septic Tank . Curb Cut . Pavement Cut . Looped Fire Line ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public 0 ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding WO # WO # WO # 0 ...Deduct Water Meter Size Private 0 Private 0 FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H: \ApplicationsWonns-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Pertnit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 20] ] bh Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNTR OR AUTHORIZED AGE Signature: Print Name: Mostafa Ahanchi`(Costco authorized agent) Mailing Address: 1100 2nd Avenue, Suite 100 Please contact "Contact Person" (info. on page 1) with any questions regarding the project H: Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications'Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Day Telephone: Seattle City Date: -4726.41.6 (206) 962-6500 WA state 98101 Zip Page 4 of 4 r�. DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PermitTRAK PAID $1,239.17 D18-0124 Address: 400 COSTCO DR BLDG Apn: 2523049057 $1,239.17 DEVELOPMENT $1,180.38 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $1,175.88 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $58.79 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R14528 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $58.79 $1,239.17 Date Paid: Monday, May 21, 2018 Paid By: COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION Pay Method: CHECK 0063481 Printed: Monday, May 21, 2018 11:01 AM 1 of 1 ._'' i (SYSTEMS ,401.4 4;1., 10, I�) 7 1 Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila Receipt Number R14362 DESCRIPTIONS QUANTITY PAID $764.32 $764.32 $764.32 $764.32 $764.32 PermitTRAK D18-0124 Address: 400 COSTCO DR BLDG Apn: 2523049057 DEVELOPMENT PLAN CHECK FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R14362 8000.345.830.00.00 0.00 Date Paid: Friday, April 27, 2018 Paid By: COSTCO WHOLESALE #006 Pay Method: CHECK 63455 Printed: Friday, April 27, 2018 1:48 PM 1 of 1 ` 7 : SYSTEMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 48 012f Project: �' Type of Inspection: 4 �s 461441.. Address: 400 Ae15,--to bet_ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: .1-1'j a.m. p.m. Requester: CE Phone No: 2o(p 267 3043 y3 LJ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: fe Fi,)aL. Inspector: Date: 201 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: (.0 Type of Inspection: ,J6 Address: 400 Losreat7 6)(L Date Called: Special Instructions: 1 vsDis -diff cZ Date Wanted:.nL:' —I../9 p.m. Requester: _ Phone No: 2)06, Z 443 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. OMMENTS: PQc„vc/� Inspector: Date: n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. CONFIRMATION #: • =;1";"'.;•$44. • •••• • s4:::r, . • • ,•••:, , ‘A; A.A.R. TESTING LABORATORY, INC. P.O. BOX 2523 Phone: (425) 881-5812 REDMOND, WA 98073 FAX: (425) 881-5441 CUENT • • • • . • • • • • . . . •t° 1 Atib' tC::;0 EIGJNEER ' , •.••• .0 • = \o et*Or • • .• PERMIT • flM TEMP,' ',tor Cu \\\ 6 1 , k - INPECTOR ALL REPORTS ARE CONSIDERED CONFIDENTIAL AND ARE THE PROPERTY OF THE CLIENT AND A.A.R. TESTING LABORATORY, INC. REPRODUCTION EXCEPT IN FULL, WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF A.A.R. TESTING IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 'CONFIRMATION It: A.A.R. TESTING LABORATORY, INC. PO. BOX 2523 Phone: (425) 881-5812 REDMOND, WA 98073 FAX: (425) 881-5441 C — w O ko Q'\t cx-A, I, U Q \\ t G� , ti . ,� : � ;1 G tn(0).. etc.\\e '- \\A, 1\ woe'.. c olk.V t ��i GQQ Ot INSPECT° AU. REPORTS ARE CONSIDE ED -CO 4 . 1AL AND ARE THE PROPERTY OF THE CLIENT AND AAR. TESTING LABOIIATORY,,IIVC, REPRODUCTION poenIN FtA>~ WITHOUT UT THE WRITTEN; ccNSENT OF A.A.R. TESTING 1S STRICTLY foRmiceer. KLE/NFELDER Bright People. Right Solutions. April 25, 2019 Kleinfelder Project No.: 20183036.001A Ferguson Construction, Inc. 13810 SE Eastgate Way, Suite 110, Bellevue, WA - 98005 Attention: Mr. Joe Pomata, Project Manager RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER Subject: Final Inspection Report Ante Room Remodel 400 Costco Drive, Tukwila, WA 98188 MG2 Project # 93-0440-32 Permit No. D18-0124 Dear Mr. Pomata: This final inspection report documents that Kleinfelder's construction materials special inspection staff performed inspection services at the above referenced address as required by the project plans, specifications, and International Building Code (IBC). Our staff observed and performed field observation for the following portions of construction relative to the interior remodel at the Costco Wholesale (Costco) Ante Room Remodel located at 400 Costco Drive, Tukwila, Washington: • Proprietary Anchor and Epoxy reinforcement Kleinfelder's WABO certified special inspector performed the above listed inspection on April 25, 2019. Based upon our observation of these work elements, written report during site visit, it is our professional opinion that the above observed work was performed, to the best of our knowledge, in accordance with the engineer-of—record's recommendations, the approved plans, specification, and the applicable workmanship provisions of the International Building Code. LIMITATIONS Test results or special inspections and observations reported are those existing at the time of our services and may not be the same or comparable at other times. As our client, please recognize that construction monitoring is a technique employed to reduce risk of problems arising during construction. Provision of construction monitoring by Kleinfelder personnel is not insurance, nor does it guarantee construction of any type. Even with diligent monitoring, some construction defects may have been missed. In all cases, the contractor shall retain sole responsibility for the deficiencies or omissions, regardless of when they are found. We do not undertake the guarantee of construction or production of a completed project conforming to the project plans and specifications. This work was performed in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by other members of Kleinfelder's profession practicing in the same locality, under similar conditions, and at the date the services are provided. Our conclusions, opinions, and recommendations are based on a limited number of observations and data. It is possible that 20183036.001A/SEA19L94690 Page 1 of 2 April 25, 2019 © 2019 Kleinfelder www.kleinfelder.com KLEINFELDER 14710 NE 87th Street, Suite A100, Redmond, WA 98052 p 1 425.636.7900 f 1 425.636.7901 conditions could vary between or beyond the data evaluated. Kleinfelder makes no other representation, guarantee or warranty, express or implied, regarding the services, communication (oral or written), report, opinion, or instrument of service provided. CLOSURE We trust that this report serves your needs at this time. If you have questions regarding our professional services or need additional information, please contact our office at (425) 636- 7900. Respectfully submitted, KLEINFELDER, INC. . an leoc. c2,1„,„ Ranjan Satyamurthy, PhD, PE, PMP Senior Geotechnical Engineer Project Manager II Marcus B. Byers, PE, P.Eng Principal Geotechnical Engineer Senior Project Manager Attachment: Daily Field Reports dated April 25, 2019 20183036.001A/SEA19L94690 Page 2 of 2 April 25, 2019 © 2019 Kleinfelder www.kleinfelder.com KLEINFELDER 14710 NE 87'" Street, Suite A100, Redmond, WA 98052 p 1 425.636.7900 f 1 425.636.7901 ATTACHMENT A KLEINFELDER DAILY FIELD REPORT KLEINFELDER Bright People. Right Solutions. Daily Field Report - Apr 25, 2019 i}y Benjamin Oie for Costco (Ferguson Contruction) Various Client Ferguson Construction, Inc. Contractor Ferguson Equipment. t. Epoxy,dispencer,brush,vacuum,all thread anchor. Fypes of j ests!Obsery•itions PerformFd DFR #: BJ0042519 KLF Project #: 20183036.001A Building Permit #: QA 50°F, Clear Time Start: 04:00 AM Time Stop: 05:30 AM Traveled .75 hrs, 41 mi. Anchorolts`. Documents Rererenceu Approved plans page S1.1 Observatlons/Remarks Contractor:Ferguson Reference: approved plans page S1.1 & RFI #3 ESR:3187 & 3963 Epoxy reinforcing installation: As requested I was on site to inspect the installation of epoxied reinforcing for Ante Room. I observed the contractor cleaning the drilled holes with compressed air and brushing the holes with recommended brush. The holes were at least 5" deep. I was informed that a 3/4" drill bit was used to drill the holes. The contractors used Hilti HIT-HY 200 R epoxy with an expiration date of 12/2019. Sufficient quantities of the epoxy was placed in the holes prior to installing 24, 8" all -thread reinforcing anchors with a twisting motion. The installation of the anchors is completed per manufacturer installation instructions by a competent person. Kleinfelder Representative Signature Benjamin Oie Kleinfelder Representative Print Name Kleinfelder Seattle 14710 NE 87th Street Redmond. WA 98052 Page 1 of 4 12206/ KLEINFELDER Bright People. Right Solutions. Daily Field Report - Apr 25, 2019 by Benjamin Oie for Costco (Ferguson Contruction) Various Fig. 3: Ag. 2: Strongback DFR #: BJ0042519 KLF Project #: 20183036.001A Building Permit #: OA Fig. 4: Kleinfelder Representative Signature Benjamin Oie Kleinfelder Representative Print Name Kleinfelder Seattle 14710 NE 87th Street Redmond, WA 98052 Page 2 of 4 122007 '/NFELDER Bright People. Right Solution,. Daily Field Report - Apr 25, 2019 by Benjamin Oie for Costco (Ferguson Contruction) Various DFR #: BJ0042519 KLF Project #: 20183036.001A Building Permit #: QA Photo Log 'Fig. 5: Fig. 7: Approved plans page #51.11 Fig. 6: Ail thread anchors Kleinfelder Representative Signature Benjamin Oie Kleinfelder Representative Print Name Kleinfelder Seattle 14710 NE 87th Street Redmond, WA 98052 Page 3 of 4 122067 KLEINFELDER Bright People. Right Solutions. Daily Field Report - Apr 25, 2019 by Benjamin Oie for Costco (Ferguson Contruction) Various DFR #: BJ0042519 KLF Project #:,20183036.001A Building Permit #: QA Plans and Markups Fig. A: Checklist Adhesive Anchors Inspection C kltst to Car cfet and Mascqrry Kleinfelder Representative Signature Benjamin .Oie Kleinfelder Representative Print Name 129067 Kleinfelder Seattle 14710 NE 87th Street Redmond, WA 98052 Page 4 of 4 KLEINFELDER Bright People. Right Solutions. Plans and Markups Fig. A: Checklist Daily Field Report - Apr 25, 2019 Benjamin Oie Costco (Ferguson Contruction) Various Miliesive Anchors Inspection Checklist for Concrete and Masonry ° f,,Per,4+, °IVOC Pg-Ceff1+4 ittfate* fektikt ' J ' eC,.tr5040te't i,1,3)/rporlt,(04.6C3raTag*,,70,4 4 , , j'04,040$60,:tr.,,,*00.4e, no,4,4ru, CODES 1 i°41,GrturaitAllouttPtru° 41,14„„,4.11...fiLLX CC LS11.441"4° "it' -..-34,1,i 444 14 3 kovv.04.00co*LI .11 **400,60.0.40 —sok". th* 0441°,41ntat Arteltwo, „,,,, _ Owstrzuty t'I'''. 4th*T6'10kto 77',.„a ef ,V,-, ati Tr* ISOf XMAtVilitl 7,:00/044111044Y4 C7410001.C.4014,641,6„..,,,,.., ,,,„,,,,, V40/44it C$6404408 100,41# 441} , retle ;:w0000.44`.1.7 ;7:: 6 60 0 ,cs zeor.:,,, e' AtAr t..*V4 213 t''I W 11 'Oft* 1400 'kV* MitiNt*S*4140 azzo.pt, amp, o400* z-41. --- ,,,, 4,,,,,*' 7,c074' 144440hot I0,40,, ,wor,...,._,,,,,,.:,,,s,,,,,:::::,,, .,i,......irit.,...,..„61.ma,„;.,,,,w,,,,,,,,ov,i,„,:,.., -31;------------'- 044050,w-- - -'*" ow04004 .7 _ -- "v.a.,48, 4,..„,,, ,,,;,,,,;,,,,- _ ,Trgr.tors,,,,,,„„ At .04.4....... Mrn$40,,,,,,rif,,,,, t''' -- .:..,''''',,,kft, 4:11, 4:.' ''''''' #0,0, 7 -,-,.4. t,441 f'19t.D*Wa' WI '' . ..,, .,,,,,,,,,,w,,, *- ---- . 144a*,,,,,,,„. '4"* IITh• .....,,, r ''.- ' - Kleinfelder Seattle 14710 NE 87th Street Redmond, WA 98052 .7> Kleinfelder Representative ,/, Benjamin Oie Kleinfelder Representative Page 4 of 4 Costco Wholesale Corporation Mail - Whoops Whoops 6 messages Page 1 of 6 W006 EXP <w006exp@costco.com> W006 EXP <w006exp@costco.com> To: Dana Heutmaker <dheutmaker@costco.com> don't know what happened with that last email sorry! Wed, Nov 7, 2018 at 4:27 PM We are building an ante room and I was told that I need to make a PO for it and create and asset number. That it is all done through SAP now. Do you have instructions for it? I have only created a PO after I have an invoice. Thanks! Nikki Juh! Expense Clerk Costco 06 Dana Heutmaker <dheutmaker@costco.com> To: W006 EXP <w006exp@costco.com> Hi Nikki, Thu, Nov 8, 2018 at 6:53 AM We have an asset number going for this project, CW180080. I have attached instructions on how to create a PO that may help. Thank you, Dana Heutmaker Fixed Asset Analyst I S/Corporate/E-Comm/Northwest Costco Wholesale M-TH 6:30am-5:OOpm Phone: 425.427.3246 On Wed, Nov 7, 2018 at 4:27 PM W006 EXP <w006exp@costco.com> wrote: I don't know what happened with that last email sorry! We are building an ante room and I was to:d that I need to make a PO for it and create and asset number. That it is all done through SAP now. Do you have instructions for it? I have only created a PO after I have an invoice. Thanks! Nikki Juhl Expense Clerk Costco 06 2 attachments ZFI_POL Create PO Warehouse View Updated 091118.pdf 114K https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0?ik=cdacffaaf2&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a... 2/20/2019 Costco Wholesale Corporation Mail - Whoops Page 2 of 6 ZFI_POLReleasingExpenseWarehouseview.pdf 87K W006 EXP <w006exp@costco.com> Thu, Nov 8, 2018 at 5:21 PM To: Dana Heutmaker <dheutmaker@costco.com> Thank you so much for that information. If I don't have all the information, like I don't know what company will be doing the work or an estimated cost etc. Does that information matter or do I just create the PO and edit after 1 have the information. Nikki On Thu, Nov 8, 2018 at 6:53 AM, Dana Heutmaker <dheutmaker@costco.com> wrote: Hi Nikki, We have an asset number going for this project, CW180080. I have attached instructions on how to create a PO that may help. Thank you, Dana Heutmaker Fixed Asset Analyst IS/Corporate/E-Comm/Northwest Costco Who!esale M-TH 6.30am-5 OOpm Phone 425.427 3246 On Wed, Nov 7, 2018 at 4:27 PM W006 EXP <w006exp@costco.com> wrote: I don't know what happened with that last email sorry! We are building an ante room and I was told that I need to make a PO for it and create and asset number. That it is all done through SAP now. Do you have instructions for it? I have only created a PO after I have an invoice. Thanks! Nikki Juhl Expense Clerk Costco 06 Nikki Juhl Expense Clerk Costco 06 Dana Heutmaker <dheutmaker@costco.com> Fri, Nov 9, 2018 at 6:17 AM To: W006 EXP <w006exp@costco.com> Hi Nikki, Honestly, I am not sure. Unfortunately our team does not have access to ZFi_POL. I would contact the warehouse expense team for some help. Kim Oberg or Therese Wangler. Thank you, https://mai 1. googl e. co m/mai l/u/0?ik=c dac ffaaf2&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a... 2/20/2019 Nw STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Engineers Northwest Inc., P.S. COSTCO WHOLESALE (#006) 400 Costco Drive Tukwila, WA 98188 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR ANTE ROOM REMODEL 2015 International Building Code February 26, 2018 ENW Project No. 87022034 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 15 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEPIED CITY OF Tip KWILA APR 27 2018 PERMIT CENTER • • 9725 Third Avenue NE . Seattle, WA 98115 • 206.525.7560 . fax 206.522.6698 www.engineersnw.com 1 ENWENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. - STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 525-7560 FAX (206) 522-6698 PROJECT # 1- PROJECT C - TAL4Jti-11 i v‘tA DATE SUBJECT itrtOTE VOUiVk 3Z1Ve acct. . SHEET OF BY Nt.4..) Afars - 14414 -1.. eviAttr- town" ZAJ rup 05) Vitut, NE-tA) 0910oz-ere k4astik- • ganc I 0 cist- rr: a.3 • fl ENWENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC., P.S. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 9725 THIRD AVE NE, SUITE 207, SEATTLE, WA 98115 (206) 5257560 FAX (206) 5226698 PROJECT # F6.12%).11PROJECT DATE SUBJECT SHEET OF BY • er6vva.t • cigs-s- • 0- 3824 1•••••••• 2- S- kriAcHeo (Ain. x 0,1/414,t 2/11/ O18 Design Maps Summary Report • rjusGs Design Maps Summary Report User -Specified Input 1 Building Code Reference Document 2012/2015 International Building Code (which utilizes USGS hazard data available in 2008) Site Coordinates 47.44476°N, 122.24835°W Site Soil Classification Site Class D - "Stiff Soil" Risk Category I/II/III Report Title C. Tukwila, Wa Sun February 11, 2018 22:26:21. UTC ( SGS -Provided Output SS = 1.432 g Si = 0.533 g SMS = 1.432 g SMl = 0.800 g Sos = 0.955 g Sol 0.533 g For information on how the SS and S1 values above have been calculated from probabilistic (risk -targeted) and deterministic ground motions in the direction of maximum horizontal response, please return to the application and select the "2009 NEHRP" building code reference document. lough this information is a product of the U.S. Geological Survey, we provide no warranty, expressed or implied, as to the ,:orecy of the data contained therein. This tool is not a substitute for technical subject -matter knowledge. 3 https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cn2/designmaps/us/summary.php?template=minimal&latitude=47.444764107003756&longitude=-122.2483511442401 &sit... 1/1 2/11/2018 Search Results for Map Appfi:ed'Tech r<oiogy C tmci ASCE 7 t+Uindspoed ASCE 7 Ground Snow Load Related Resources Sponsors About ATC Contac Search Results Query Date: Sun Feb 11 2018 Latitude: 47.4455 Longitude: -122.2488 ASCE 7-10 Windspeeds (3 -sec peak gust in mph*): Risk Category I: 100 Risk Category II: 110 Risk Category III-IV: 115 MRI** 10 -Year: 72 MRI** 25 -Year: 79 MRI** 50 -Year: 85 MRI** 100 -Year: 91 ASCE 7-05 Windspeed: 85 (3 -sec peak gust in mph) ASCE 7-93 Windspeed: 70 (fastest mile in mph) *Miles per hour **Mean Recurrence Interval Users should consult with local building officials to determine if there are community -specific wind speed requirements that govern. — Print your results BRITISH COLUMBIA Canada r� ASKATCHEVJAti Sen F anoisco 0 Ga : gle SOOT OAKO IDAHO WYOMING - --- NEVADA UTAH NEOR United Sta COLORADO K/ CALIFORNIA alas Vegas 0 Los Angeles ,.Map data ©2018 Google, INEGI WINDSPEED WEBSITE DISCLAIMER While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct, ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the windspeed report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the windspeed report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the windspeed load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund • Applied Technology Council • 201 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 240 • Redwood City, California 94065 • (650) 595-1542 http://windspeed.atcouncil.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=10&dec=1 &latitude=47.4455063&longitude=-122.2487797&risk_categ... 1/1 of ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST,INC.P.S. SHEET OF 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA. 98115 * * * ' * Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., P.S.- Use by others unlawful * * * * * ASCE 7-10 Wind Loads per ASCE 7-10- Chapter 30 - Components & Cladding - h <_ 60'-0" Input Cells = Project Number: Project Name: Location: Design By: Program Limitations: 87022034 Ante Room Remodel C. Tukwila, WA 1. Building must be a low-rise building or 2. Building mean roof height does not exceed 60 feet. 3. Building is enclosed or partially enclosed. BUILDING AND SITE INFORMATION INPUT Building width, B = Building length, L = Building eave height, he = Budding ridge height, hr = Height of parapet, hP = Roof slope, s = Is roof a gable or hip = Risk Category = Wind velocity, V = Exposure = Topographic factor, lc, = Wind directionality factor, Kd = Bldg internal pressure condition = Wall Effective Wind Area, EWA = Roof Effective Wind Area, EWA = 500 378 28 30.25 30.25 0.25 in./ft. Gable 11 110 C 1 0.85 Enclosed 90 200 ft ft ft ft ft = 1.19 degrees mi/hr = 85 mi/hr (ASD) ft2 ft2 OUTPUT Mean roof height, h = 28 ft a = 15.12 ft Internal Pressure Coeffs, GCpi = 0.18 -0.18 Pressure exposure coeff, Kh = 0.97 Velocity pressure, qh = 25.54 psf COMPONENTS AND CLADDING (C&C) p = gh[(GCP) - (GCpi)) (Ib/ft2) Wind Pressures for Walls with h 5 60' *Note: Design wind pressures shall not be less than a net pressure of 16psf (ult) acting in either direction normal to the surface. Wind Pressures Acting Toward Surface Bldg Surface 4 & 5 = 23.7 psf (LRFD) = 14.2 psf (ASD) Wind Pressures Acting Away From Surface Bldg Surface 4 = -26 psf (LRFD) = -15.6 psf (ASD) Bldg Surface 5 = -29 psf (LRFD) = -17.4 psf (ASD) t=A ( *op, Copy of ASCE7-10 Wind Loads Low Rise.xlsx C&C ENGINEERS -NORTHWEST, INC. P.S. 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA. 98115 Wind Pressures for Roofs (gable roofs, & hip roofs) with h <_ 60' *Note: Design wind pressures shall not be less than a net pressure of 16psf (ult) acting in either direction normal to the surface. Wind Pressures Acting Toward Surface Roof Surface 1, 2 & 3 = 9.7 psf (LRFD) = 5.8 psf (ASD) Wind Pressures Acting Away From Surface Roof Surface 1 = Roof Surface 2 = Roof Surface 3 = -27.6 psf (LRFD) = -16.6 psf (ASD) -32.7 psf (LRFD) = -19.6 psf (ASD) -32.7 psf (LRFD) = -19.6 psf (ASD) Wind Pressures Acting Away From Surface (Overhang) Roof Surface 1 = -35.4 psf (LRFD) = -21.2 psf (ASD) Roof Surface 2 = -35.4 psf (LRFD) = -21.2 psf (ASD) Roof Surface 3 = -20.4 psf (LRFD) = -12.2 psf (ASD) ilc;% rla�.r CYt 5. 1 f a parapet equal to or higher than 3 ft (0.9m) is provided around the perimeter of the roof with 0 5 7°, the negative values of GLp in Zone 3 shall be equal to those for Zone 2 and positive values of GC1, in Zones 2 and 3 shall be set equal to those for mill Zones 4 and 5 respectively in Figure 30.4-1. Wind Pressures for Parapets (gable roofs, & hip roofs) with h 5 60' *Note: Design wind pressures shall not be less than a net pressure of 16psf (ult) acting in either direction normal to the surface. pp = 4p[(GCp) - (GC,,)] (Ib/ft2) Velocity pressure, qp = 25.8 psf Parapet Load Case A Wind load @ corner, pp = 49.7 psf (LRFD) = 29.8 psf (ASD) Wind load not @ comer, pp = 48.5 psf (LRFD) = 29.1 psf (ASD) Parapet Load Case B Wind load @ corner, pp = 44 psf (LRFD) = 26.4 psf (ASD) Wind load not @ corner, pp = 40.9 psf (LRFD) = 24.5 psf (ASD) Windward parapet Leeward parapet Load Case A Load Case B Fig. 30.41 Postve WaN ---► Pressure Zone 485 —0, 0 Top of parapet Fig. Fig. 30.4-1 - -1.'0.4-2A-2C Poserve Wall --l. —"Pr Negrtive Wall Pressure aswre Zone 485 .----10.Zone2 B 3 Thttt 111 I I 1 r* Fe -1 —11.Nee Negative Wa0 _o. Pressure 2one485 r-- 1° — - i —10 11➢ SHEET OF Copy of ASCE7-10 Wind Loads Low Rise.xlsx C&C ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST,INC.P.S. 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E. (SUITE 207) SEATTLE, WA. 98115 SHEET OF Rev. 6/25/04 * * * * * Property of Engineers Northwest, Inc., Seattle - Use by others unlawful * * * * * JOB # JOB NAME :- } FOR : - DESIGN of Square Tube Steel (HSS) Strong backs @ new wall openings, etc. WALL STRONG BACK LOCATION: - WALL Input cells = I�r HSS = 16 ft. HSS. STRONGBACK OPENING Conn. must occur between 1st. conn. above top of door & floor (60" o/c max.) hs ft_ l - n hzft- 11ft— weft= 0.00 Wp ft— 2.00 waft 6.66 i Trial Sq. HSS size = I PROVIDED = IREQ'D.= S PROVIDED = SREQ'D.= ACTUAL DEFLECTION = ALLOWABLE DEFL.(12H/150) = 6X6X3/8 39.4 34.89 13.1 3.39 2.13 2.40 in.4 in.4 in.3 in.3 in. in. rift= y 0.33 8.00 0.34 7.33 Duration factor = wind load = seismic Toad = lateral design load = T=C= T=C= MEXIST= MTUBE = ROOF ( Wall support ht. ) Hft= 30.00 u1F= 133 1.33 18.00 25.00 25.00 2449 1427 14991 11419 strength psf psf psf # (conn.just above door) # (top connection) ( IN WALL HEIGHT "H" ) #-ft loading T MAX. = V MAX. = 2449 # @ WALL CONNS. 1999 # @ TS BASE CONN WALL WITH HSS 6X6X3/8 STRONG BACK IS OK FOR LATERAL LOAD SHOWN HSS 6X6X3/8 weighs 27.48 plf Strongback Pagel 2/23/2018 Copy of STRBACK.xlsx MG2 1101 Second Ave, Ste 100 Seattle, WA 98101 COSTCO WHOLESALE ANTE ROOM/ VAULT REMODEL Warehouse No. 006 400 Costco Drive Tukwila, WA 98188 Project Manual MG2 # 93-0440-33 Issued for Permit February 27, 2018 206 962 6500 M G2.com REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 152018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 Lake Drive Issaquah, Washington 98027 RECEIVED CITY OF T UKW=LA APR 27 2018 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 TABLE OF CONTENT 2 DIVISIONS 0 AND 1 Page 4 3 • Summary of Work 4 • Examination of Site and Documents 5 • Interpretations 6 • Substitutions 7 • Submission of Bid 8 • Withdrawal of Bids 9 • Performance Bond and Payment Bond 10 • Rejection of Bids 11 • Overhead and Profit 12 • Sales Tax 13 • Liquidated Damages 14 • Agreement, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions 15 • Insurance 16 • Special Conditions 17 • Anti -Bribery Policy and Guidance Statement 18 • Schedule of Values 19 • Application for Payment 20 • Contract Modifications 21 • Use of Site, Measurements and Existing Conditions 22 • Permitting 23 • Required Postings to sitelfolio 24 • Coordination 25 • Cleaning and Protection 26 • Project Closeout 27 • Cutting and Patching 28 • Workmanship 29 • Conformance Submittal Requirements 30 • Contractor Designed and Provided Systems 31 DIVISION 2 Page 21 32 • Selective Demolition 33 DIVISION 3 Page 21 34 • Concrete & Reinforcement 35 DIVISION 4 Page 24 36 • Concrete Masonry Units 37 DIVISION 5 Page 25 38 • Cold -Formed Metal Framing 39 • Metal Fabrications & Folding Ladder 40 DIVISION 6 Page 26 41 • Miscellaneous Lumber 42 • Fiberglass Reinforced Panels 43 • Polycarbonate Panels Above Bug Lights 44 • Decorative Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels (DFRPP) at Optical 45 DIVISION 7 Page 28 46 • Water Repellent 47 • Insulation 48 • Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) 49 • Metal Wall Panels — Infill, Patch and Repair 50 • Firestopping 51 • Fireproofing 52 • Fire -Rated Duct Insulation MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 1 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 A V 9 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Joint Sealants 2 • Membrane Roofing — Patch Repair, Curbs and Pipe Stands 3 • Metal Roofing — Patch Repair, Curbs and Pipe Stands 4 DIVISION 8 Page 33 5 • Doors, Frames and Hardware 6 • Overhead Service Doors 7 • Glazed Aluminum Sectional Doors at Enclosed Canopies 8 • Aluminum Coiling Shutters at Outdoor Soda Alcove, Food Service Counter and Pharmacy 9 • Tire Sales/Optical Security Grille 10 • Aluminum Storefronts, Windows and Entrances 11 • Sliding Manual Doors at Interior Optical Reception 12 • Sliding Automatic Doors at Building Main Entrance and Liquor Sales Entrance 13 • Food Service Pass -Through Windows 14 • Pharmacy Pass -Through Windows 15 • Security Window and Receiver at Ante Room 16 • Skylights 17 • Glass Glazing 18 DIVISION 9 Page 40 19 • Exterior Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco) Patching and Repair 20 • Gypsum Board Assemblies & Light Gage Metal Framing 21 • Tiling in Restrooms 22 • Tile Base 23 • Acoustic Ceiling 24 • Resilient Flooring 25 • Carpet Tiles at Pharmacy & Hearing Center 26 • Polymer Flooring 27 • Stainless Steel Wall Panels 28 • Sound Curtain 29 • Painting 30 DIVISION 10 Page 45 31 • Interior Signage 32 • Toilet Compartments 33 • Toilet Accessories 34 • Wall Protection 35 • Miscellaneous Specialties 36 • Bird Control Devices 37 DIVISION 11 Page 46 38 • Dock Equipment 39 DIVISION 12 Page 46 40 • Site Furnishings 41 DIVISION 21 Page 46 42 • Fire Suppression Sprinkler, General 43 • Sprinkler System Design Requirements 44 • Sprinkler Submittals 45 • Sprinkler Materials 46 • Sprinkler Installation 47 • Rotisserie/Food Service Hood System 48 DIVISION 22 Page 50 49 • Plumbing Work - General 50 • Plumbing Materials and Methods 51 • Plumbing Insulation 52 • Soil, Waste and Drainage MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 2 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Domestic Water System 2 • Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 3 DIVISION 23 Page 53 4 • Mechanical Work - General 5 • Mechanical Materials and Methods 6 • Mechanical Insulation 7 • Fuel Gas Piping and Equipment 8 • Special Piping System (Compressed Air) 9 • Rooftop Air Conditioners 10 • Air Curtains 11 • Exhaust Fans 12 • Ductwork for Removal of Grease and Smoke Laden Vapors 13 • Air Distribution System 14 • Controls and Automation 15 • Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 16 DIVISION 24 Page 56 17 • Refrigeration 18 DIVISION 26 Page 56 19 • Electrical General Provisions 20 • Electrical Basic Materials and Methods 21 • Electrical Workmanship 22 • Lighting 23 DIVISION 28 Page 59 24 • Fire Detection and Alarm 25 DIVISION 31 Page 59 26 • Clearing of Site 27 • Excavation Support and Protection 28 • Earthwork 29 DIVISION 32 Page 61 30 • Sanitary Sewage System, Domestic Water System and Storm Drainage System 31 DIVISION 33 Page 65 32 • Asphalt Pavement 33 • Pavement Marking 34 • Tactile Warning Surfacing 35 • Traffic Control Devices 36 • Chain -Link Fencing 37 APPENDIX - FORMS Page 66 38 • Product Conformance Certification 39 • Fire Sprinkler — Plan Review Checklist 40 • Pipe Inspection Form 41 • Conformance Submittal — Fire Sprinkler System 42 • Low Stock — Freezer/Cooler Dry Pendent Sprinkler 43 • High Stock — Freezer/Cooler Dry Pendent Sprinkler 44 • Trane Startup Checklist 45 • Novar Startup Checklist 46 • Conditional Lien Waiver 47 • Closeout Documents 48 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 3 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 7 .T PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 DIVISIONS 0 AND 1 2 SUMMARY OF WORK 3 • The Work includes Remodeling of the existing Costco Wholesale Warehouse located in the U.S. and 4 Mexico. 5 • The Work includes furnishing all labor, material and services necessary to complete the Work. 6 • Comply with all safety requirements, including bracing and shoring, applicable codes and ordinances, 7 federal, state and local regulations, and other jurisdictional requirements. 8 • All Work shall comply with applicable codes. Non -conforming work shall be replaced at no cost to the 9 Owner. 10 SPECIFICATIONS — NOT ALL MAY APPLY TO YOUR PROJECT 11 • Not all requirements and material specifications in this document may be applicable to your Project. 12 Contact Architect for clarifications or missing information. 13 • In general, all new Work is to match and blend into existing construction. 14 EXAMINATION OF SITE 15 • Before submitting a proposal, the bidder shall visit the site of the work and become familiar with local 16 conditions under which the Work is to be performed. 17 INTERPRETATIONS 18 • Questions regarding Drawings and Specifications shall be addressed to the Architect via the bidding 19 General Contractors only and will be answered by addenda addressed to all bidders. Neither the 20 Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral interpretations. 21 • The General Contractor is required to notify the Architect of all discrepancies contained in the bidding 22 documents. 23 • Questions received less than 48 hours before the time set for when bid is due cannot be answered. 24 All addenda issued during the bidding period will be incorporated into the Contract. 25 SUBSTITUTIONS 26 • Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner after evaluation by the 27 Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. 28 SUBMISSION OF BID 29 • Bidder is responsible for posting his/her bid to sitelfolio, to be received by Costco Wholesale, in care 30 of the Architect, by 2:00 p.m. (Pacific Time) on the date and time set. Bids not received on or before 31 the date and time set may be rejected. 32 • Submit the bid on the Form of Bid Proposal in Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet, along with a PDF 33 electronic copy of the Signature Sheet, provided to the Bidder by the Architect. Failure to submit this 34 form by this date and time may disqualify the bidder. 35 o At the Architect's request, the Contractor shall supply subcontractor and/or labor, material and 36 quantity back up for any values listed in the Bid Breakdown that the Architect deems necessary. 37 o Clarifications and exclusions are NOT allowed. Do not include clarifications or exclusions in the 38 Bid Proposal. All questions requiring interpretation or clarification must be submitted, in writing, 39 to the Architect prior to submitting the Bid Proposal. 40 • Bidder will also be required to submit a separate "Contract Bid Book", containing all tabulated 41 subcontractor bids, together with identifying the subcontractors that will likely be used for the work 42 within each trade, and a comprehensive breakdown of the General Conditions. 43 o Submit one PDF electronic copy via sitelfolio within 24 hours and one hard copy in the form of a 44 three-ring binder within 3 business days of the bid posting date. 45 o The Owner reserves the right to exercise formal approval of all major subcontracts. Incorporate 46 this approval into the construction contract. 47 • Bidder will also be required to submit the "Labor and Equipment Rates" in a PDF electronic copy via 48 sitelfolio within 24 hours of the bid posting date. Assemble and submit a list of Labor and Equipment 49 Rates for ALL major trades and subcontractors. 50 o Labor Rates: Provide labor rates for all trades and labor categories that are to be utilized on this 51 Project. Labor rates shall reflect hourly base rate, fringe rates and all other burdens and the total 52 hourly rate and identify overtime rates including base rate, fringe rates and all other burdens and 53 the total hourly rate. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 4 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o Equipment Rates: Equipment rates shall reflect total hourly rate, including but not limited to fuel, 2 maintenance, insurance profit and overhead and identify labor classification required for 3 operation. All equipment to be utilized for this Project is to be identified. 4 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 • Any bidder may withdraw his/her bid, either personally or by written request, at any time prior to the 6 bid date and time set. No bid may be withdrawn or modified after the time set for bid receipt unless 7 and until the award of contract is delayed for a period exceeding 30 days. 8 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 9 • Prior to signing the contract, the Owner may require the Contractor to secure and pay for a 10 Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for labor, materials, and equipment used in the performance 11 of the work. Each of the bonds shall be 100% of the contract sum and issued by a Surety or a 12 Bonding Company licensed to transact business in the jurisdiction of the project. 13 • Use AIA Document A312 "Performance Bond and Payment Bond". 14 REJECTION OF BIDS 15 • The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids. 16 OVERHEAD AND PROFIT 17 • Combined Base Bid shall include Contractor's overhead and profit. 18 CHANGE ORDERS 19 • All extra work not included in the Contract, if requested, will be performed by the Contractor by 20 material and labor costs plus overhead and profit. 21 o 10% (overhead and profit) will be added or deleted accordingly by the sub -contractor completing 22 the work; 5% (overhead and profit) will be added or deleted accordingly by the General 23 Contractor for the sub -contractor's work. 24 o 10% (overhead and profit) will be added or deleted by the General Contractor for work performed 25 by the General Contractor. 26 o In no case shall the total mark-up exceed 20%, for total change in cost due to a Change Order for 27 work by the General Contractor, subcontractors, and sub -subcontractors. 28 • Extra Work: No extra Work without prior written approval. 29 SALES TAX 30 • Where applicable, Sales Tax is included in the Combined Base Bid. 31 • In State of Washington, sales tax is not included in the Base Bid. It will be added to each payment 32 request as it is submitted. 33 WARRANTIES 34 • General Contractor shall provide and pay for any and all warranties as identified in the Contract 35 Documents. 36 • Provide warranties listed at the end of this document. 37 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 38 • Pay the Owner liquidated damages for each consecutive calendar day the work remains uncompleted 39 after the date of Partial Substantial Completion per contract amounts as follow: 40 USD $0 to under $500,000.00 USD $500.00 per day 41 USD $500,000.00 to under $1,000,000.00 USD $2,500.00 per day 42 USD $1,000,000.00 and over- USD $5,000.00 per day 43 AGREEMENT, GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SUPPLEMENTRAY CONDITIONS 44 • Agreement: Provide properly executed Agreement mutually agreed upon form; e.g. AIA Document 45 A101, Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor (2017), including Exhibit A 46 Insurance and Bonds. 47 • General Conditions: Use AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction 48 (2017). 49 • Supplementary Conditions to AIA Document A201: Modify AIA Document A201 General Conditions 50 of the Contract for Construction (2017) as follows: 51 CONFLICTS: In case of conflict between the Technical Specifications, General Requirements, General 52 Conditions, and Supplementary Conditions, the Technical Specifications shall govern. 53 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 54 1.1 Basic Definitions MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 5 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 ! p f , PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 1.1.1 The Contract Documents 2 Change the last sentence to read: "Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract 3 Documents DO include Bid Documents (Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, 4 Addenda, Contractors Bid Proposal, and Bid Proposal Breakdown), and other documents as 5 specifically enumerated in the Owner/Contractor Agreement." 6 ARTICLE 2 OWNER 7 2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner 8 2.3.4 Add to the end of the paragraph: "Owner shall furnish all soils / geotechnical reports describing 9 the physical characteristics for the site of the project." 10 ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 11 3.4 Labor and Materials 12 3.4.1 Add to the end of the sentence: "...until cost responsibilities are transferred to the Owner as 13 defined in Section 015000 Temporary Facilities." 14 3.7 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws 15 3.7.1 Change entire paragraph to read: "Owner will pay plan check and basic building permit fee 16 costs. Contractor shall secure and pay for Mechanical HVAC, Piping and Pllumbing, Electrical, 17 Refrigeration, all other subcontractor and vendor permits and fees, as required by local 18 jurisdictions, including: 19 Add new subparagraph 3.7.1.1 and the following: Permits for signage, Occupancy and other work 20 not listed but required for this project." 21 3.9 Superintendent 22 3.9.1 Add to the end of the paragraph: "Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor and the 23 Superintendent shall set the standards and levels of responsibility for the Superintendent for the 24 duration of the work. 25 ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT 26 4.2 Administration of the Contract 27 4.2.8 Change the first sentence to read: "The Contractor will prepare Change Orders. The Architect 28 will prepare Construction Change Directives and may order minor changes in the Work as 29 provided in Section 7.4." 30 ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 31 9.3 Applications for Payment 32 9.3.1 At the end of the last sentence, delete "and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract 33 Documents." and add the following: "and shall reflect ten percent (10%) retainage." 34 Add new subparagraph 9.3.1.3 and the following subparagraphs for all projects in New Jersey: In 35 addition to the ten percent (10%) retainage stated in Par. 9.3.1, a seven percent (7%) will be 36 withheld from each payment made to any unregistered, unincorporated Construction Contractors, 37 Subcontractors, and lower tier Subcontractors, in compliance with the State of New Jersey 38 Withholding Requirements for Construction Contractor Services. The Contractor, Subcontractor, 39 or lower tier Subcontractor may be exempt from the withholding, if one of the following is provided 40 to Owner: 41 .1 Evidence that the Contractor, Subcontractor, and lower tier Subcontractor are operating as 42 Corporations. Submit completed Form W-9 for Contractor, Subcontractor, and lower tier 43 Subcontractor as proof of incorporation. 44 .2 Evidence that the Contractor, Subcontractor, and lower tier Subcontractor are registered with 45 the State of New Jersey Division of Revenue, Department of Treasury. Submit a Business 46 Registration Certificate issued by the State of New Jersey, Division of Revenue, for 47 Contractor, Subcontractor, and lower tier Subcontractor as proof of registration. 48 Contractor shall be liable for any penalties imposed on Owner as a result of the Contractor's 49 failure to provide adequate documentation. 50 Contractor shall be liable for the withholding for any payments made to the Subcontractor or 51 lower tier Subcontractor. 52 9.3.2 Add the following to the end of the paragraph: "Suitably stored" means protected for security 53 (theft and vandalism) and protected from the weather (sun, rain, snow, freezing temperatures, 54 etc.). MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 6 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 9.3.3 Add the following to the end of the paragraph: "Free and clear of liens, claims, security interests 2 or encumbrances" means that the Contractor has paid all parties for work previously completed 3 and reimbursements have been made to the Contractor by the Owner. Should a lien, claim, etc., 4 be placed on the work, the Contractor is responsible for its removal, and the Owner will be held 5 harmless in the process. See Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for Lien Waiver and 6 Affidavit requirements." 7 9.8 Substantial Completion 8 9.8.1 Change entire paragraph to read: "The date of Substantial Completion of the Work is the date 9 certified by the Architect that construction is 100% complete (with only final corrections remaining 10 to be completed) in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or 11 utilize the Work for its intended use." 12 9.8.2 Change the first sentence to read: 'When the Architect considers that the Work, or a portion 13 thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Architect 14 shall prepare and submit to the Contractor a comprehensive list of items to be completed or 15 corrected prior to final payment." 16 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 17 11.3 Waivers of Subrogation 18 11.3.1 Add the following to the beginning of the paragraph: "The Contractor shall indemnify, hold 19 harmless, and defend (1) the Owner, its officers, agents and employees and (2) Architect of 20 Record and Architect's Consultants from liability of any nature or kind, including costs and 21 expenses, for or on account of any and all legal actions or claims of any character 22 whatsoever resulting from injuries or damages sustained by any person or property." 23 11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss 24 11.5.1 Change the first sentence to read: "Any Toss insured under Subparagraph 11.1 is to be 25 adjusted with the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject 26 to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.5.2." 27 ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 28 12.2 Correction of Work 29 12.2.2 After Substantial Completion 30 12.2.2.1 In the first sentence, change "one year" into "two years". In the third sentence, change 31 "one year" into "two years". 32 12.2.2.2 In the first sentence, change "one-year" into "two-year". 33 12.2.2.3 In the first sentence, change "one-year" into "two-year". 34 12.2.5 In the second sentence, change "one-year" into "two-year". 35 ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 36 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause 37 14.2.1 Add a new subparagraph to the end of the paragraph: 38 .5 "fails to meet the time schedules set forth in this Agreement." 39 14.2.2 At the end of the paragraph, delete the words "subject to any prior rights of the surety". 40 14.2.3 After the word "payment" add the words "of any amount due Contractor for completed Work..." 41 14.2.4 In the first sentence after the word "damages" add the words "including consequential 42 damages." Add to the end of the second sentence the words "plus interest". 43 • Supplementary Conditions to AIA Document A101 Exhibit A: Modify AIA Document A101 Standard 44 Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor (2017), Exhibit A Insurance and Bonds, as 45 follows: 46 ARTICLE A.2 OWNER'S INSURANCE 47 A.2.3 Required Property Insurance 48 A.2.3.1 Change the first and second sentences to read: "Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor 49 shall purchase and maintain, from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully 50 authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located, property insurance 51 written on a builder's risk "all-risks", on ALS 72 Form, for the entire Work at the site for the full 52 value of the Work required by the Contract Documents and not Tess than the final completed 53 value of the Project. This insurance shall also include "Difference in Conditions" (D.I.C.) in the 54 insured property. 55 In the last sentence after "...Sub -subcontractors" add "and any Toss payees". MG2 LIMIITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 7 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • y I PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 A.2.3.1.1 Causes of Loss: Delete the word "earthquake" in this paragraph. 2 A.2.3.1.3 Replace the word "Owner" with the word "Contractor" in this paragraph. 3 A.2.3.1.4 Replace the word "Owner" with the word "Contractor" in this paragraph. 4 A.2.3.2 Occupancy or Use Prior to Substantial Completion: Delete entire paragraph. 5 ARTICLE A.3 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AND BONDS 6 A.3.1 General 7 A.3.1.1 Certificates of Insurance: Modify paragraph as follows: 8 Replace the word "provide" with "file with Architect and Owner". 9 Revise last paragraph to read: "The certificates will show the Owner, Architect, and Architect's 10 consultants as additional insureds on the Contractor's Commercial General Liability and excess 11 or umbrella liability policy or policies." 12 Add the following to the end of the paragraph: "These certificates and the insurance policies 13 required by this Article A.3 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies 14 will not be canceled or allowed to expire until the Work has been completed or at least 30 days' 15 prior written notice has been given to the Owner." 16 All policies shall include waiver of insurer's rights to subrogate against Costco Wholesale. 17 General Liability, Umbrella and Pollution policies shall be maintained for 5 years upon 18 contract completion. 19 All policies (including property) shall be placed with insurance carriers rated by AM Best at A- 20 VIII or better. All policies shall be written on an "Occurrence Based" form. If unavailable, 21 "Claims Made" form will be acceptable under the following terms. All claims made policies 22 are to be maintained in effect by Company at all times while the agreement is in effect, claims 23 made policies shall have a retroactive date of 5 years prior to entering into Costco's contract. 24 Extended reporting period coverage shall be provided to Costco for a period of at least 5 25 years upon contract completion. Risk Management should review claims made policy 26 requests. Insurance policies maintained by Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be 27 primary. Policies maintained by Owner shall be excess and noncontributory to policies 28 maintained by Contractor / Subcontractors. Insurance requirements shall not be deemed to 29 release or diminish the liability of contracted party including, without limitation, liability under 30 the indemnity provision of this agreement. Damage recoverable by Costco shall not be 31 limited by the amount or scope of the required insurance coverages. 32 A.3.1.4 Add new paragraph: "The Owner, Architect, and Architect's consultants are named as 33 primary additional insureds on all insurance required by Article A.3 and will be protected against 34 all claims, which may arise from operations under the Contract. 35 A.3.2 Contractor's Required Insurance Coverage 36 A.3.2.1 "The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the following types and limits of 37 insurance.... unless a different duration is stated below:" 38 .1 General Liability: Comprehensive form including premises operations, explosion and 39 collapse hazard, underground hazard, products/complete operations hazard, contractual 40 insurance, broad form property damage, independent contractors and personal injury, and 41 the stop -gap endorsement. 42 .2 Automobile Liability: Comprehensive Form, Auto policy must be written on an Occurrence 43 Based form, including owned, hired, and non -owned vehicles. 44 .3 Excess Liability: Umbrella form shall apply to General Liability and Auto Liability. Policy shall 45 be written as "follow form". 46 .4 Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability 47 A.3.2.2 Commercial General Liability 48 A.3.2.2.1 Change the paragraph to read: "Commercial General Liability for the Project written on 49 an occurrence form with the policy limits required by laws governing in localities having 50 jurisdiction, but not less than the limits set forth below, for products -completed operations 51 hazard, providing coverage for claims including". All subparagraphs below A3.2.2.1 remains 52 the same. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 8 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 PER OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE 2 General Liability 3 Bodily Injury $1,000,000 $2,000,000 4 Property Damage $1,000,000 $2,000,000 5 A.3.2.3 Add the following amount after these words "Automobile Liability with policy limits of not 6 less than 7 8 PER OCCURRENCE Automobile Liability $1,000,000 9 A.3.2.4 Change the first sentence to read: "The Contractor may achieve the required limits and 10 coverage for.......and in no event shallany excess or umbrella liability insurance provide 11 coverage less than the following policy limit." 12 PER OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE 13 Umbrella Policy $5,000,000 $5,000,000 14 A.3.2.6 Add the following amount after these words "Employers' Liability with policy limits of not 15 less than " 16 PER OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE 17 18 19 Employers Liability $1,000,000 (each accident) $1,000,000 (bodily injury, by disease, each employee) 20 INSURANCE 21 • Before starting work, provide an AIA G715 Certificate of Insurance or a Certificate of Insurance 22 acceptable to the Owner and Architect 23 • Insurance limits must have Owner's approval. 24 • The Owner and Architect shall be named as primary additional insured under all the Contractor's 25 insurance policies. 26 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 27 • Safety Policy: Contractor and subcontractors (all tiers) shall have an industrial experience rating for 28 similar construction projects that equals or is better than the average experience rating for the state in 29 which the project is located. Any questions regarding determination of the industrial experience rating 30 shall be determined at the sole discretion of Costco Wholesale. 31 o Contractor shall install, handle and/or apply all materials in accordance with all applicable Federal 32 OSHA Regulations and Codes and all applicable State and Local Regulations and Codes. 33 Further, the Contractor agrees to indemnify the Owner, Architect and Architect's Consultants 34 against any and all liabilities of the foregoing. 35 o Owner retains the right to immediately terminate Contractor operations and/or cancel this 36 Agreement, under conditions where the Contractor is not in compliance with Owner safety rules 37 or the above legal regulations or codes. 38 • Fair Wage Policy: Contractor and subcontractors (all tiers) shall comply with "Costco Wholesale 39 Hourly Wage Rate". 40 o "Fair Wages" shall mean not less than 90% of the general prevailing hourly wage rate, excluding 41 (i) the hourly fringe benefits amount and (ii) the holiday and vacation pay. The amount so 42 calculated will be referred to as the "Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate". In calculating the 43 "Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate", the Contractor and all subcontractors shall rely on the MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 9 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 most current Davis -Bacon Act prevailing wage determinations for each craft, classifications or 2 type of workman needed as amended for the applicable job locality. 3 o The Contractor and all subcontractors shall also pay hourly "Fringe Benefits" to all employees in 4 addition to the "Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate". Fringe Benefits must include a health and 5 medical care family plan, holiday and vacation pay, profit sharing and pension. The adequacy of 6 the Fringe Benefits paid shall be determined in the sole discretion of Costco Wholesale and will 7 be compared with other plans for the locality and the hourly fringe benefits amount under the 8 current Davis -Bacon Act for each craft, classification or type of workman needed, as amended for 9 the applicable job locality. 10 o Fair Wages Sign: Contractor shall display the Fair Wage Job Sign in a location where sign can 11 be visible to all employees. Sign has white overall background. Lettering is black. 2'-6" 12 13 r This is a Fair Wage Job. If you have any questions regarding your wage, please contact: General Contractor Site Superintendent Project Manager CaII: ( ) - CV N 1 1/2" Arial Bold MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 10 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 L S 4 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 ANTI -BRIBERY POLICY AND GUIDANCE STATEMENT 2 • All Contractors and Subcontractors and their employees are required to comply with Costco's anti - 3 bribery policy. Complete and sign certification forms herein. 4 • Background: Costco Wholesale Corporation is subject to the requirements of the United States 5 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ("FCPA"), the UK Bribery Act 2010 ("Bribery Act"), and other anti - 6 bribery laws at the location(s) of the position or transaction(s) which are the reason for signatory's 7 execution of the applicable Appendix attached hereto (collectively, the "Laws"). The Laws generally 8 prohibit commercial bribery in private and public contexts, including payments by companies and their 9 representatives to foreign (i.e., non -U.S.) government and quasi -government officials to secure 10 business. Violations of the Laws, even if unintentional, can result in severe penalties, including fines, 11 for Costco and fines and imprisonment for individuals who violate the laws, and would damage 12 Costco's reputation and ability to conduct business. 13 • Policy and Responsibility: Costco policy prohibits any kind of bribery involving its employees, 14 suppliers, contractors, and others with whom it works. It is also Costco's policy to comply fully with 15 the requirements of the Laws. Each officer, manager and employee of Costco has responsibility for 16 compliance with the Laws within his or her area of authority, and must report any suspected violations 17 immediately to the Country Manager and the Legal Department. Costco also requires certain 18 business partners, including those who will be acting on behalf of Costco in dealing with governments 19 and their agents, to certify their compliance with the Laws. Therefore, it is the responsibility of each 20 employee and business partner to understand what may constitute a violation of Costco anti -bribery 21 policy as well as the Laws, and to proactively seek assistance should he or she see a possible 22 violation of the Laws. 23 • General Guidance: It is imperative that all employees that deal with governments or their agents read 24 and understand this policy, ask questions if any aspect of the policy is unclear, and confirm receipt of 25 this policy by signing the Costco Wholesale Anti -Bribery Policy and Guidance Statement 26 Acknowledgement -Employee (APPENDIX A). It is also imperative that Costco business partners 27 acting on behalf of Costco certify their understanding of and agreement with this policy in general and 28 the Laws specifically by signing the Costco Wholesale Anti -Bribery Policy and Guidance Statement 29 Acknowledgement -Third Party (APPENDIX B). 30 • Prohibited Payments: Costco policy and the Laws prohibit Costco and its representatives from 31 engaging in bribery involving public or private persons or entity, including (without limitation) making 32 an offer, payment, promise to pay or other transfer of Company assets to a foreign public official, 33 foreign political party, candidate for foreign political office, or any private person or entity with reason 34 to know the purpose of such payment is to: 35 o Influence any act or decision of a foreign public official or private person in his or her official 36 capacity, including a decision to fail to perform his or her official function; or 37 o Induce a foreign public official or private person to use his or her influence with a foreign 38 government in order to assist the Company in obtaining or retaining business or directing 39 business to any person. 40 • Record Keeping / Accounting Requirements: The Laws require Costco to maintain books and 41 records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect all Company transactions. Accordingly, 42 all transactions should: 43 o Be executed in accordance with management's authorization; 44 o Be recorded in a manner which permits the preparation of financial statements in accordance with 45 applicable standards (notably Generally Accepted Accounting Principles); 46 o Maintain accountability of assets; and 47 o Be recorded in accounts that are reconciled to underlying detail at reasonable intervals. 48 These statements are consistent with existing Costco accounting policy concerning payment 49 processes. 50 • Potential "Red Flags": Employees and representatives of Costco are encouraged to be aware of 51 "Red Flags" which might represent a questionable transaction. Such Red Flags might include: 52 o Unusual payments or financial arrangements, such as: 53 • Payments to a numbered anonymous bank account; MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 11 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Payments to accounts in countries other than where an agent is located or business is to be 2 performed; 3 • Cash payments; 4 • Inflated or vague invoices; or 5 ■ Unusually high commissions. 6 o History of corruption in country. 7 o Reputation of agent or consultant. 8 o Refusal by a joint venture partner, representative or supplier to provide certification that it will not 9 take any action that would violate the Laws. 10 o Relationship between the agent/consultant and the foreign government. 11 o Lack of transparency in expenses in accounting records. 12 o Apparent lack of qualifications or resources on the part of the joint venture partner, representative 13 or supplier to perform the services offered. 14 o Recommendations of a joint venture partner, representative or supplier that come from an official 15 of a potential government customer. 16 • Where to get help with questions or concerns: Costco has an "Open Door" policy, formalized in the 17 Employee Handbook, strongly encouraged through our management structure, and reinforced under 18 the Costco's "Code of Ethics" mandate that first and foremost we "obey the law." We encourage 19 legitimate questions related to any transaction — this shows interest in the well-being of the Company. 20 If you have any questions or concerns regarding a particular transaction, would like to report any 21 questionable activities, or need clarification in any way regarding this policy, go to Costco's ethics 22 hotline at http://www.costco.ethicspoint.com or contact John Sullivan, Associate General Counsel at 1 23 (425) 427-7577, or by email at jsullivan@costco.com. 24 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 12 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 0 1 2 3 4 ANTI -BRIBERY POLICY AND GUIDANCE STATEMENT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 5 6 7 8 9 10 Name: 11 12 Title: 13 14 Department: 15 16 Location: 17 18 Supervisor: 19 20 I have received and read the Costco Wholesale Anti -Bribery Policy and Guidance Statement (the "Anti - 21 Bribery Policy"). I am familiar with the Anti -Bribery Policy and the related procedures contained therein. I 22 understand the provisions of the Laws and the consequences of their violation. I understand and I agree 23 to abide by the Anti -Bribery Policy. I know where a copy of the Anti -Bribery Policy is located and to whom 24 I should refer questions should issues or questions arise. 25 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO APPENDIX A COSTCO WHOLESALE EMPLOYEE CERTIIFICATION MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 13 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 g t t• 1 2 3 4 ANTI -BRIBERY POLICY AND GUIDANCE STATEMENT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 5 6 7 COSTCO REPRESENTATIVE / THIRD PARTY CERTIFICATION 8 9 10 This certification confirms that ("Certifying 11 Company") will comply with Costco anti -bribery policy and the Laws. On behalf of Certifying Company, 12 the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that Certifying Company is familiar with Costco anti - 13 bribery policy and the requirements of the Laws and will conduct all actions on behalf of Costco in 14 accordance with them. The undersigned further represents and warrants that no money paid to 15 Certifying Company as compensation or otherwise has been or will be used to pay any bribe or kickback 16 in violation of Costco policy or U.S. or foreign law. Certifying Company agrees to provide prompt 17 certification of its continuing compliance whenever requested by Costco. 18 19 All agents or employees of Certifying Company who will be involved in representing Costco must be 20 identified in writing to Costco and approved before they perform any actions on Costco's behalf. A written 21 accounting must be kept of all payments made by Certifying Company or its agents or employees on 22 behalf of Costco, or out of funds provided by Costco. A copy of this accounting must be provided to 23 Costco upon request. In no event shall any payment be made by Certifying Company or its agents or 24 employees to any undisclosed third party on behalf of Costco. 25 26 Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Costco it is understood and agreed that Certifying Company is 27 an independent contractor without authority to bind Costco in any way. Certifying Company's agreement 28 or other relationship with Costco can be terminated immediately upon failure to comply with this 29 certification. 30 31 Certifying Company will promptly report to Costco potential violations of the policies described herein. 32 Costco has made available an ethics hotline at http://www.costco.ethicspoint.com for asking questions 33 about permissible activity or for reporting ethical violations involving Costco or its business relationships. 34 35 The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she has authority to enter into and bind Certifying Company to 36 all the terms and conditions of this certification. 37 38 By: 39 Signature 40 Printed Name: 41 42 On behalf of: 43 Certifying Company 44 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO APPENDIX B COSTCO WHOLESALE MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 14 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS 2 • Owner will furnish products indicated in the drawings as "S.I.O." (Supplied and Installed by Owner), 3 "S.O.I.C." (Supplied by Owner and Installed by Contractor), "S.I.V." (Supplied and Installed by 4 Vendor), and "S.O.I.V." (Supplied by Owner and Installed by Vendor). 5 • Provide support systems to receive Owner's equipment, and provide plumbing, mechanical, and 6 electrical connections. 7 o Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner -furnished items. 8 o Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner -furnished items at Project 9 site. 10 o Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner -furnished items from damage during storage and 11 handling, including damage from exposure to the elements. 12 o If Owner -furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall 13 repair or replace them. 14 • Contractor shall be present on-site for receipt of Owner -furnished equipment on the agreed upon date 15 agreed. Contractor shall inspect, inventory, and acknowledge receipt of equipment / materials within 16 three days of arrival. Contractor to provide confirmation via fax or email of Owner -furnished materials 17 / equipment list. Failure to do so does not relieve Contractor of responsibility of damaged or missing 18 items. Notify Architect and Owner of Owner -furnished items arrived on the site damaged, defective, 19 or missing. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the storage area in a neat and orderly 20 manner at all times. 21 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 22 • Do NOT submit any documentation, product data, shop drawings, etc. to the Architect if the product 23 incorporated into the work is exactly as specified. 24 • At Project Closeout, provide to the Architect a signed "Product Conformance Certification" form 25 (attached at the end of this document) and a Product Conformance Certification List indicating the 26 manufacturer of the product that was incorporated into the work. No further action is required. 27 • IMPORTANT: Non -complying "Product Conformance Certification" found incorporated into the work 28 must be replaced immediately with specified products at no cost to the Owner, no change to the 29 construction schedule and no operational impacts to the Owner. No Substitutions will be allowed for 30 non -complying products — they must be replaced with specified products; i.e., no "after installation" 31 approvals. 32 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 33 • When requested, submit a Schedule of Values for approval with to the first Application for Payment. 34 • Update to include any Change Orders. 35 • Include overhead and profit within each line item. 36 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 37 • Submit at intervals noted in Agreement. 38 o Submit a draft copy 3 to 5 days prior to due date for review by Architect. 39 • Include only approved Change Orders and Construction Change Directives. 40 • Owner will withhold 10% of payment (retainage). 41 • Owner requires a completed W-9 Form "Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and 42 Certification" from each subcontractor/material supplier, new and established, when a joint check is 43 requested. Submiit completed W-9 Form to the Architect prior to First Application for Payment. 44 • Submit three signed and notarized originals of the AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment 45 and AIA G703 Continuation Sheet. 46 • Submit three signed and notarized originals of the Conditional Lien Waivers with each Application for 47 Payment and Final Application for Payment. Use the Conditional Lien Waiver Form at the end of 48 document; no other form will be accepted. 49 • Include with First Application for Payment: 50 o Schedule of values. 51 o List of subcontractors/material suppliers receiving joint checks. 52 o Contractor's construction schedule. 53 o Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 54 • Include with Final Application for Payment: MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 15 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 � � x PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o AIA G706 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims together with AIA Document 2 G706A Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens. 3 o AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment" (if applicable). 4 o Completed closeout procedures and closeout documents. 5 o Insurance certificates for products and completed operations. 6 o Evidence that outstanding claims have been settled, and taxes, fees, and similar obligations have 7 been paid. 8 o First page of the "Punch List Report" signed by both the Costco Warehouse Manager and 9 General Contractor. Sign and print names legibly. Submit the entire signed -off punch list to the 10 Architect. 11 • Payments by Owner: Owner will make payment within 15 days of Architect's approval of the 12 applications for payment. 13 o Owner will issue a "Joint Check", naming both the General Contractor and the subcontractor / 14 material suppliers as payees, where payment is requested for work by the designated 15 subcontractor / material supplier. 16 • State of New Jersey Withholding Requirements: 7% will be withheld from each payment made to 17 unregistered, unincorporated Construction Contractor, Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor. For 18 exemption from the withholding, submit required documentations required with each of the 19 Applications for Payment. 20 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS 21 • Owner -Initiated Changes that may affect the Contract Sum or Time will be issued on Change Order 22 Proposal Request Form provided by the Architect. Do not proceed with the Work described in the 23 Proposal Request until accepted by the Owner. If accepted, include on Application for Payment only 24 after Proposal Request has been incorporated into a Change Order. 25 • Contractor -Initiated Changes that may affect the Contract Sum or Time must include a complete 26 description of the change, a detailed cost estimate, and the reason for the change. Do not proceed 27 with the Work until accepted by the Owner. If accepted, include on Application for Payment only after 28 Proposal Request has been incorporated into a Change Order. 29 • Time -Sensitive and Emergency Changes will be issued on AIA G714 Construction Change Directive. 30 After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to 31 substantiate cost and time adjustments to the contract. 32 • Change Order Proposal Requests: Submit for approval and execution no later than 20 days following 33 Substantial Completion. Work associated with the proposed change, which has been executed by 34 the Contractor prior to the receipt of a Change Order Proposal signed by the Architect and Mr. Franz 35 Lazarus of Costco Wholesale, is the financial responsibility of the Contractor. Use Change Order 36 Proposal Request Form provided by the Architect. 37 o Submit a list of quantities of products needed with itemized labor and material costs associated 38 with the Change Order Proposal. 39 o Show only allowed percentage of markups by General Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub - 40 subcontractors. 41 o Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 42 o Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the work will have on the 43 contract time. 44 o Allow 10 days for the Architect and the Owner to review a fully documented Change Order 45 Proposal and decide on a course of action. 46 o A Change Order Proposal for the changes between bid set and construction set shall be 47 submitted 3 weeks from issuance of construction set. Failure to do so will imply that there is no 48 cost adjustment to the contract between bid and construction sets. 49 • Change Orders will include only approved Owner -Initiated Changes, approved Contractor -Initiated 50 Changes, and approved Change Order Proposal Requests. The Contractor shall prepare the 51 Change Order using AIA G701 Change Order. Submit three copies with original signatures to the 52 Architect for execution and approval by Owner. No Payment for non -approved changes. 53 USE OF SITE, MEASUREMENTS, AND EXISTING CONDITIONS 54 • Coordinate use of premises with the Owner. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 16 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Provide/maintain temporary services as required. 2 • The Owner will be occupying the premises during the entire construction period. Verify the hours in 3 which the Work can be performed; do NOT disrupt Owner's operations. 4 • Arrange and carry out work with the least possible disturbance and noise. 5 • Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored on site. Move items 6 that interfere with the Owner's operation. 7 • Verify all dimensions and conditions at the site. Notify Architect of any discrepancies. 8 • Take care not to damage existing premises during deliveries, demolition or removal of debris. 9 • Restore to original condition (without any charge to the Owner) any damage to existing or adjoining 10 premises. Include grass, paving, etc. 11 • DO NOT allow construction debris to accumulate. Remove all debris from Project site daily. 12 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 13 • Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as 14 required by authorities having jurisdiction. 15 • Sanitary Facilities: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are 16 cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these 17 facilities to condition existing before initial use. 18 • Temporary Warehouse Public Restroom (when directed by Owner or required by AHJ): Provide 19 separate, temporary exterior public restrooms for Women and Men the duration of restroom remodel 20 work in the Warehouse. 21 o Men's Restroom: Provide two (2) standard stall water closets, one (1) accessible stall water 22 closet, one (1) standard urinal, one (1) accessible urinal, two (2) standard lavatories, one (1) 23 accessible lavatory, and all appropriate accessories for a complete installation. 24 o Women's Restroom: Provide four (4) standard stall water closets, one (1) accessible stall water 25 closet, two (2) standard lavatories, one (1) accessible lavatory, and all appropriate accessories 26 for a complete installation. 27 o Accessories: Toilet paper dispenser, toilet seat cover, grab bars, paper tower dispenser, soap 28 dispenser, sanitary napkin disposal, coat hooks, shelf, and other accessories to make a complete 29 and operating facility. 30 o Locate where directed when work is started; keep in sanitary condition. Remove from site on 31 completion of work or when permanent toilets are available for public use. 32 o Furnish with stairs and a handicapped accessible ramp, handrails and guardrails for access. 33 o Restrooms shall be ventilated, fully heated and air-conditioned, with hot and cold running water, 34 electric power and lights, and utility connections. 35 • Field Office Building (if directed by Owner): Provide weather -tight field office building, fully operable 36 with power, telephone and internet service, from start of construction until project is completed and 37 closed out. Provide project manager and superintendents with cellular telephones for use in making 38 and receiving telephone calls when away from field office. 39 • Field Office Staff: One Project Manager (off-site) and one Superintendent (on-site full-time). 40 • Temporary Utilities: Use of Owner's existing electrical, sewage, and water will be permitted without 41 metering. Contractor shall provide safe temporary connections and maintain conditions acceptable to 42 the Owner. 43 • Temporary Lighting (if required): Provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic 44 conditions. 45 • Temporary Heat (if required): Furnish temporary heat, including fuel and power of type approved by 46 Architect, as required to protect materials and work from dampness and cold and to dry out the 47 structure. 48 • Drinking Water: Provide proven safe source of water. 49 • On -Site Fire Protection: Maintain adequate fire extinguishers on the premises, readily available to the 50 workmen, for the protection of the structure and its contents. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 51 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. 52 • Temporary Barricades and Fences (if required): Provide fences and all safeguards necessary for the 53 convenience and protection of the public, as required by code and law enforcement regulations. s x f ' MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 17 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 4 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 Keep abutting streets and other thoroughfares open to traffic, using only portions of streets allowed 2 by permit. Contractor will be responsible for damage or injury occurring to either persons or property 3 through carelessness or neglect by himself, his employees, or subcontractors. 4 • Temporary Security Barrier (if required): Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized 5 entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. 6 • Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste -collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste 7 from construction operations. Provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste 8 material to be deposited. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste 9 materials separately from other waste. Allow all trades, including Owner -furnished vendors and 10 suppliers, access to these waste -collection containers. 11 • Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control (if require): Provide measures to prevent soil erosion 12 and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, 13 according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 14 • Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction 15 in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and local jurisdictions and that 16 minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 17 Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and 18 equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near project site. 19 • Temporary Stair Tower: For safe access to and from the roof while work is being performed on the 20 roof. Comply with applicable OSHA requirements. 21 PERMITTING 22 • Owner will pay plan check and basic building permit. Contractor is responsible for obtaining all other 23 required permits and fees. 24 • The Contractor is responsible for providing all design documents, calculations, etc. necessary to 25 obtain permits if the information is not shown on the Drawings; e.g., contractor -designed items, 26 shoring, etc. 27 REQUIRED POSTINGS TO SITEIFOLIO 28 • Post the following to sitelfolio: 29 o Weekly Job Reports (no later than 10:00 a.m. local time, each Thursday) 30 o 24 Weekly Digital Photos having same views from same locations (no later than 12:00 noon local 31 time, each Thursday) 32 o Request for Information (RFI) 33 o Proposal Requests / Change Order Proposals 34 o Change Orders (CO) 35 o Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, etc. if required by the drawings. 36 o Record Documents 37 o Operation & Maintenance Manuals 38 o Warranties 39 COORDINATION 40 • Coordinate the Work including work being performed by the Owner. 41 • Coordinate Owner -furnished products, including items Supplied and Installed by Owner (S.I.O.) and 42 items Supplied by Owner and Installed by Contractor (S.O.I.C.). Provide necessary power, plumbing, 43 piping, utility services, and other necessary support systems for a complete installation. 44 • Do not delegate coordination responsibility to subcontractors. 45 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION 46 • Weekly Job Report: Request form from Architect. No other form will be accepted. 47 • Construction Photographs: 24 weekly digital photos having same views from same locations as 48 photos taken previous weeks that best show the work in progress. 49 o Include date and time stamped by camera. 50 o All photos must be oriented in landscape view. Portrait view is not acceptable. 51 o Company names, company logos, titles, notes, directional indicators and other types of labeling 52 are NOT allowed on photos. Name and date stamp are acceptable. 53 o Do not upload zoomed in photos of items such as fire hydrant, construction details or site 54 elements. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 18 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Special Reports: Submit report of unusual events directly to Architect and Owner within one day of 2 occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. 3 EXECUTION 4 • Delivery, Storage and Handling: Follow manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods 5 that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. This applies to products included in 6 this contract as well as products furnished by the Owner. 7 o Schedule delivery to minimize Tong -term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of 8 construction spaces. 9 o Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original, sealed 10 container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, 11 unpacking, protecting, and installing. 12 o Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure 13 that products are undamaged and properly protected. 14 • Workmanship: As a minimum, the level of workmanship should match the general level of existing 15 workmanship. 16 o All joints are to be tight, straight, even, and smooth. All Work is to be plumb, level, true to line, 17 and straight. 18 o Provide all anchors, fasteners and connections (whether indicated or not) necessary to assemble 19 the Work. 20 o All materials are new unless noted otherwise. 21 o Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation on new Work and 22 finishes. 23 o Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. Patched 24 Work to match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. 25 o Repair, patch, or replace portions of Work that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other 26 imperfections. 27 o Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 28 o Comply with manufacturer's installation requirements. 29 • Request For Information (RFI): Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and 30 the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report and RFI to the Architect. Request RFI 31 form from Architect. No other form will be accepted. Allow a minimum of three working days for 32 Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as 33 received the following working day. 34 • Protection and Restoration of Property: Existing underground utilities of record indicated on the 35 Construction Documents are for Contractor's convenience only. Owner and Architect assume no 36 responsibility and/or liability for the accuracy of locations or failure to indicate locations. The location 37 of existing underground utilities, as indicated on the drawings, is approximate only, and the 38 Contractor shall be responsible for determining their exact location. The Contractor shall check with 39 the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing excavation in all areas, as 40 not all utilities may be indicated on the drawings. 41 o Contractor is responsible for all breakages of utilities or services resulting from his operations. 42 Hold the Owner and his representatives harmless from all claims resulting from disruption of 43 service and or damages to service. 44 o Contractor is responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for movement 45 or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their services within the project limits. 46 o No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for reason of delay caused by the 47 actions of any utility company. Such costs shall be considered incidental to the Contract. 48 o Contractor is solely responsible for damage to completed portions of the project and for damage 49 to property located off the site, such as pollution of rivers, streams, ground water or other waters, 50 caused by siltation, run-off, erosion and other construction operations due to the Contractor's 51 negligence or willful misconduct during the construction of the project. Exercise all necessary 52 precautions throughout the project to prevent such property damage. 53 • Cleaning and Protection: MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 19 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • { PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste 2 materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, 3 Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, Contractor's tools, construction equipment, 4 machinery and surplus materials from and about the Project. Do not bury or burn waste materials 5 on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Dispose of materials 6 lawfully. At end of each work day, collect all trash and place in proper containers. Remove 7 debris daily. 8 o Promptly remove liquid spills, brake and power -steering fluids, hydraulic fluids, motor oils, and 9 other oil-based stains. 10 o Where bird waste materials are present, treat, neutralize and safely remove all bird waste from 11 construction work areas. Sanitize, deodorize and clean affected surfaces. Perform all work 12 following strict instructions from treatment manufacturer and complying with all applicable 13 regulatory requirements in the proper removal and disposal of bird droppings, nests and other 14 related waste materials. 15 o Keep installed work clean. Use only cleaning materials specifically recommended. 16 o Provide temporary enclosures as required to protect existing and new Work and Owner's product. 17 o Protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. 18 o Provide protective material/coating where required to assure protection from damage or 19 deterioration. 20 o Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary during the 21 construction period. 22 o Clean daily the areas and spaces where demolition, cutting and patching are performed. 23 • Starting and Adjusting: Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. 24 Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. Adjust equipment for proper 25 operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Test and adjust 26 controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 27 • Correction of Work: Repair or remove and replace defective construction or components that do not 28 operate properly. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING 30 • Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match 31 existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 32 • Use methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining surfaces. 33 • Cut holes and slots as small as practical/possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum 34 disturbances of adjacent materials. 35 • Where existing construction is removed, cut, or otherwise disturbed, patch to match the existing 36 adjacent surfaces. Seams to be as invisible as practical. Repaired finishes shall be extended to the 37 nearest visual break lines such as corners, ceiling lines, top of base, etc. 38 • Remove and replace areas, surfaces, or items that cannot be satisfactorily patched. 39 • Repair and patch all exterior components as necessary to restore exterior enclosure to a weather - 40 tight condition. Completely seal all joints and penetrations. 41 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 42 • Obtain Occupancy Permit prior to date of Punch List visit. 43 • Substantial Completion: The Owner and Architect (including consultants) will conduct the Substantial 44 Completion Inspection. The Architect will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion after the 45 inspection or will notify the Contractor in writing of items that must be completed or corrected before 46 the certificate will be issued. 47 • When items in the Final Punch Lists are completed or corrected, review the lists with the Costco 48 Warehouse Manager for verification and signature. The Contractor must also sign -off the Final 49 Punch Lists confirming that the work has been corrected and completed. The signed -off Punch Lists 50 shall be forwarded to the Architect with the application for Final Payment. 51 • Final Payment will not be released until all punch -list items are completed. 52 • Prior to final payment, submit Record Documents, warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, 53 and training (if applicable) to the Owner. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include 54 warranties, guarantees and bonds, permits and certificates, and others as listed and bound in heavy- MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 20 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 duty, 3 -ring, vinyl -covered, loose leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents and 2 sized to receive 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch paper. Manuals shall be titled to indicate their contents. Post 3 complete O&M Manual in PDF format on sitelfolio. Deliver one hard copy and one USB Flash Drive 4 directly to the Warehouse Manager. Deliver one USB Flash Drive to the Architect. 5 • Provide Architect with Record Documents prior to submitting for Final Payment. 6 CONTRACTOR DESIGNED AND PROVIDED SYSTEMS 7 • The Contractor is responsible for providing a completed code -compliant operating system; include 8 design, fabrication, materials and installation. 9 • Meet recognized industry Reference Standards such as ASTM, NFPA, SMACNA, UL, etc. that 10 applies to each design. 11 • Obtain all jurisdictional approvals; provide all necessary documents — drawings, calculations, etc. 12 Perform all required testing; provide certificates. 13 • As a minimum, match existing systems materials. 14 • The following are to be Contractor -Designed Systems unless shown on the drawings: 15 o HVAC System: Tie controls into Trane Building Management System. 16 o Plumbing System: Verify all invert -elevation connection points prior to starting work. 17 o Electrical System: Tie lighting into Trane Building Management System. 18 o Fire Sprinkler and Fire Alarm System: Comply with NFPA 13; provide dry -system at exterior 19 locations; special configuration required at Freezers/Coolers to prevent pipe freezing. 20 DIVISION 2 21 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 22 • Verify with Owner items to be removed, reused, reinstalled, and/or relocated, prior to start of any 23 demolition. Protect and store salvaged items in a secure area until reinstallation or delivery to Owner. 24 Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make reinstalled items 25 functional for use indicated. 26 • Service and public access to the existing building and emergency paths of egress out of the existing 27 building shall be maintained at all times. 28 • Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during 29 selective demolition operations. Maintain continuous services into and sewer lines out of the existing 30 buildings without interruption. 31 • Provide adequate interior and exterior shoring, bracing, support and/or protection to prevent 32 movement or settlement or collapse of structure to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. 33 Conduct operations to prevent damage by falling debris or other cause to adjacent buildings, 34 structures, and other facilities as well as persons and animals. Repair damages caused to adjacent 35 facilities by demolition operations, as directed by the Architect and at no cost to Owner. 36 • Use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods as necessary to limit the amount of dust and 37 dirt rising and scattering in the air, to the lowest level of air pollution practical for the condition of work. 38 • Demolish only selected portions of the building or structure that are necessary for construction of new 39 work. 40 • Remove all demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an approved landfill. 41 Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on site. Burning of demolished materials is 42 prohibited. 43 DIVISION 3 44 CONCRETE & REINFORCEMENT 45 • Definitions: Shrinkage Joints (S.J.), also known as Control or Contraction Joints, are saw -cut joints 46 made after slab finishing to control slab breaks caused by concrete shrinkage, to keep cracks in 47 straight lines under the saw -cuts; Expansion Joints (E.J.) are joints formed between adjacent slab 48 panels where panels are separate concrete pours and the panels are separated with pre -molded joint 49 filler topped with sealant to allow for thermal expansion/contraction of the concrete. 50 • Slab Removal: Saw -cut slab parallel/perpendicular to walls; no diagonal cuts. Keep width of trenches 51 small; extend width of slab removal to existing joint nearest trench. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 21 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Aggregate Base Course Under Slab: Maximum 3/4 -inch aggregate, thickness as indicated on 2 Drawings but not Tess than 6 inches; compact to 95% per ASTM D 1557. Moisten base course 3 immediately before placing concrete. 4 • Building Concrete: 4,000 psi @ 28 -days, Type 1 or 11 Portland cement, 51 -sacks per cubic yard; 5 water/cement ratio 0.49, maximum slump 4 -inches. Use Type 111 Portland cement for high early 6 strength concrete at slab repairs, at trench cuts, at interior curbs, at Meat Platform, and other interior 7 remodel work where short curing time is required. Comply with ACI 318. Normal weight coarse 8 aggregates, uniformly graded, per ASTM C 33. Clean potable water. No air entrainment for interior 9 concrete work. 10 • Site Concrete: 3,000 psi @ 28 -days, Type I Portland cement, 51 -sacks per cubic yard; 11 water/cement ratio 0.49, maximum slump 4 -inches. Comply with ACI 318. Normal weight coarse 12 aggregates, uniformly graded, per ASTM C 33. Clean potable water. 13 • Fly Ash: No fly ash allowed, except in below -grade concrete footings, foundation walls, grade beams, 14 piles and similar structural elements. 15 • Rebar: ASTM A615, Grade 60; lap 44 diameter (24 -inches minimum), unless otherwise shown on 16 drawings. 17 • Plate Dowel Load Transfer Systems at Joints: 18 o Construction Joints: PNA "Diamond Dowel System" or Sika Greenstreak "Speed Plate System". 19 o Saw -Cut Shrinkage Joints: PNA "PD3 Basket Assembly" or Sika Greenstreak "Double Tapered 20 Basket Assembly". 21 • Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185; 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 (6x6 -10x10), lap 8 -inches; set minimum 1 1/2- 22 inches below top of slab, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 23 • Formed Isolation Pockets at Column Bases: "Pocket Form Isolator (PFI)" by Forrester Manufacturing, 24 as stay -in-place high density polyethylene formwork; contact Sheila Garren, ph: (866) 256-4499 or 25 (770) 932-8849, email: sgarren@isolationpocket.com. 26 • Placing Concrete Slabs: Coat existing concrete to be joined with new concrete with bonding agent 27 where indicated on Structural Drawings. Place concrete in a continuous operation until a section is 28 complete. Thoroughly consolidate concrete using mechanical vibrators. Do not wet concrete 29 surfaces with water during screeding, initial floating, or finishing operations. 30 • Concrete Finishes for Slabs Inside Building Line: Screed pours to proper elevations without 31 irregularities. Maintain exact surface match of new pours with the top of the existing slab edges. 32 Steel trowel by hand to produce hard burnished, dense surface free from trowel marks. Do not finish 33 bleed water into the surface of the concrete slabs. 34 • Refinishing Existing Concrete Slabs at Optical Center: The primary objective of slab refinishing is to 35 produce a smooth floor slab with a hard -burnished and glossy finish at the completion of this work. 36 o Floor Preparation: Completely remove existing flooring materials indicated to be removed, 37 including all adhesives and other coatings down to bare concrete substrate. Use low -odor 38 remover and type that causes minimal changes to color or appearance of existing slab. Apply 39 remover to a test area in an inconspicuous location. 40 o Floor Patching and Repair: Apply patching material to divots and other holes in the floor. If 41 necessary, mix color dye in patching material to match color of adjacent slab surface. High 42 contrast between patching material and adjacent slab surface may not be acceptable to the 43 Owner. Allow patching material to fully cure and then grind smooth. Use "HT 150 SLV" 44 manufactured by Hi -Tech Systems or equivalent product approved by Architect. Select color 45 additives compatible with patching and sealer materials, as recommended by patching material 46 manufacturer. Where cracks occurred in the existing floor slab and are exposed in the finished 47 floor, follow crack repair instructions specified. 48 o Floor Slab Refinishing: Prior to start refinishing, inspect floor slab to ensure that substrate is 49 clean and free of debris, adhesives and other coatings incompatible with new sealer. Apply light 50 grind to remove adhesive swirl marks and other patterns imprinted in the slab surface. A 200 grit 51 diamond pad has been used in similar scope projects and is suggested for use. However, Floor 52 Finisher is responsible for selecting the pad type and size as appropriate for actual slab 53 conditions in order to produce the slab finish acceptable to the Owner. Apply buffing, in multiple 54 passes, to smooth out the surface and to bring out the glossy shine in the slab. 800 grit and 1200 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 22 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 grit black pads have been used in similar scope projects and are suggested for use. However, 2 Floor Finisher is responsible for selecting the pad type and size as appropriate for actual slab 3 conditions in order to produce the slab finish acceptable to the Owner. Use a walk -behind 4 machine to refinish the floor slab where possible. Around the perimeter edges of the room and in 5 tight corners or areas, use a hand-held machine to refinish the slab. Use the wet process to 6 refinish the floor slab to minimize dusting to other occupied areas of the Warehouse. Protect 7 walls and other finishes indicated to remain from water damage and other refinishing work. 8 o Sealer Application: Use specified sealer-hardener-densifier products. Apply one sealer coat to 9 properly prepared floor slab at coverage recommended by manufacturer to achieve a smooth and 10 glossy surface. Burnish floor slab dry. An 800 grit black pad has been used in similar scope 11 projects and is suggested for use. However, Floor Finisher is responsible for selecting the pad 12 type and size as appropriate for actual slab conditions in order to produce the slab finish 13 acceptable to the Owner. Do not allow sealer coat to dry without being burnished. A second 14 sealer coat may be required to achieve the glossy shine desired. Obtain Owner's approval at 15 completion of the project. 16 • Concrete Finishes for Slabs Outside Building Line: Medium -textured broom finish (in direction of 17 slope for drainage) for the following locations: slab under Entry Canopy; loading dock flat area at 18 trench drain. Medium -textured broom finish (perpendicular to direction of travel) for the following 19 locations: stoops at egress doors; walks adjoining the building and/or stoops; walks near and parallel 20 to the building with parking adjoining the walk; compactor slab; bread door slab; and on-site walks not 21 adjoining the building. Medium -to -coarse-textured broom finish (in direction of slope for drainage) at 22 the following location: loading dock sloped surfaces. 23 • Concrete Finishes for Interior Curbs: Strip forms while concrete is still green and steel -trowel 24 surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. Locate 25 joints in curbs to align with joints in floor slab and install joint filler material in joints. Apply sealer and 26 hardener to exposed surfaces. 27 • Concrete Finishes at Scrubber Pit: Repair and patch tie holes and bug holes. Completely grind down, 28 remove, and smooth out all rough corners, rough edges, and defective areas with fins, projections, 29 and surface irregularities. If required by the polymer flooring material installer, sack finish the walls to 30 provide for a smooth and bug holes free surface. 31 • Formed Slab Joints: Do not tool or finish concrete construction joint edges to a radius edge. Keep 32 joints between adjacent slabs as pours as plain, straight, vertical butt -joints, with sharp, square 33 concrete corners to prevent 'feathering' of joint filler. 34 • Shrinkage Joints (S.J.): Start cutting concrete when strength is between 150 psi to 800 psi, normally 35 from 0 to 2 hours after final slab finish. Provide cuts with clean, straight, un -chipped edges. Vacuum 36 dry powder as soon as cut is made, before starting slab cure. Use "Soff-Cut Joint Protectors" at 37 intersection of cuts to maintain openness until joint filler is applied. Do not use a sawblade if it makes 38 chipped, spalled or raveled cuts, or use a skidplate that scratches the concrete surface. 39 • Non -Residual Curing Agents: NO SUBSTITUTIONS: "L & M Cure" by Laticrete International or 40 "Ashford Formula" by Curecrete Distribution, Inc.. Uniformly apply directly to the concrete slab 41 surfaces in continuous operation by low pressure power spray or roller, at a coverage rate in 42 accordance to manufacturer's written instructions. Wash off and squeegee excess cure to prevent 43 white stains if cure is not absorbed within four hours of application. 44 • Sealer-Densifier-Hardener: NO SUBSTITUTIONS: 'L & M Seal Hard" by Laticrete International or 45 "Ashford Formula" manufactured by Curecrete Distribution, Inc. Apply 2 coats per manufacturer's 46 recommendations. Blend into and match existing adjacent concrete surfaces. Prior to application, 47 completely remove all oil, stains, grease, dirt, dust, curing/sealing membrane, paints, and other 48 surface contaminants that may inhibit penetration of sealer/hardener. First Coat: Apply directly from 49 sealer container onto prepared surfaces, undiluted, using a low pressure spray, at minimum rate of 50 one gallon per 150 to 200 sq. ft; follow with a mechanical "walk -behind" scrubber machine; allow 51 surfaces to remain wet with sealer for 30 to 60 minutes; after this period, when the treated surfaces 52 become slippery under foot, lightly mist or sprinkle the surfaces with water until sealer and hardener 53 loses its slipperiness; do not allow excess material to remain on the floor surface that may result in 54 white stains; if white stains occur, remove them immediately without damaging concrete surface. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 23 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 Second Coat: Immediately before applying second coat, remove all oil spots and stains from below 2 the surface; detail scrub slab with high pH detergent; wet -soak the floor for a minimum of thirty 3 minutes; power scrub the entire floor with an automatic scrubber equipped with nylo-grit or strato-grit 4 brush head or black stripping pad and high pH detergent; power rinse slab surface removing all 5 traces of soap residue; use a high-speed propane powered burnishing machine equipped with an 6 abrasive stripping pad to buff the surface by working the machine forward and back to create a wax - 7 like sheen. 8 • Joint Fillers at Interior Slabs: NO SUBSTITUTIONS: Use "Penatron 3004" by ASTC Polymers or 9 "SL/85" by VersaFlex or "SSP -100" by Solid Solution Products at interior floor slabs and curbs. Use 10 "Penatron 3246-60" by ASTC Polymers or "SL/60" by VersaFlex at Entry Canopy slabs and benches. 11 Honor all joints in the floor slab; locate joints in curbs directly above and to align with joints in floor 12 slab. Use backing rod compatible with joint filler material at formed construction joints, but not at 13 saw -cut shrinkage joints. Allow at least 1-1/4 inch filler depth. Clean sidewalis of joints and remove 14 all contaminants prior to installing joint filler. Fill joint with filler so top of resin is slightly crowned 15 above floor line, trim the overfill after resin has cured, using a stiff, sharp razor so top of filler is flush 16 with adjacent concrete floor on both sides. Remove and refill if filler top is concave or not flush with 17 adjacent concrete floor. Match existing color. 18 • Expansion Joints at Freezer Slabs (Typical): NO SUBSTITUTIONS: "Sealtight Sponge Rubber", 1/2- 19 inch thick, with removable "Sealtight Snap -Cap", by W.R. Meadows. 20 o Fill with joint filler as described above. Remove of joint cap where applicable. 21 • Armored Edge Joints at Thresholds of POS Freezer and Bakery Freezer: NO SUBSTITUTIONS: 22 "Armor -Edge Joint Assembly" by PNA Construction Technologies. Allow a 3/8 -inch wide gap 23 between steel bars for installation of pre -molded expansion gasket and removable joint cap described 24 above. Fill with joint filler after removal of joint cap. 25 • Existing Interior Floor Slab Crack Repair: Repair cracks and areas of noticeable spalling in existing 26 slabs not placed as part of this project, that are within 10 feet of this work. Fill exposed cracks wider 27 than 1/8 inch and where noticeable spalling has occurred in existing slabs, as follow: Rout out the 28 crack with a concrete saw or special crack router, forming a groove at least one -inch deep with sharp, 29 vertical sides and make the groove wide enough to eliminate all spalled areas; blow the crack clean 30 with compressed air; use backer rod to create a vertical dam at each end of the length to be filled, but 31 do not use backer rod at the bottom of the crack; fill the cracks or joints, 1/2 -inch wide or smaller, with 32 joint filler material specified above; if the cracks or joints are more than 1/2 -inch wide, use "Penatron 33 4034 Polyurea Concrete Repair Material" by ASTC Polymers, or "Armor -Hard Early Set Structural 34 Epoxy" by Metzger /McGuire, or "Quick Mender Repair Polymer" by VersaFlex or "10 -Minute 35 Concrete Mender" by Roadware and mix the polymer repair material with sand according to the 36 manufacturer's instructions. For small holes (such as anchor bolt holes), divots and pop -outs in 37 slabs, blow holes clean with compressed air and remove all loose materials and fill with "Penatron 38 4034 Polyurea Concrete Repair Material" by ASTC Polymers or "Rapid Refloor" by Metzger/McGuire 39 or "Quick Mender Repair" by VersaFlex. 40 • Oil and Grease Stain Remover: Use ProSoCo "Standoff Oil & Grease Stain Remover" 41 • Rust Stain Remover: Use Singerman Laboratories "Concrete Rust Remover" 42 DIVISION 4 43 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 44 • Mortar: ASTM C 270, C 780 or C 1142 for reinforced masonry; Type 1 Portland cement per ASTM 45 C150. Pre -blended dry mortar mix, Type S, is acceptable. Masonry cement not permitted. Match 46 existing color. Include "Dry -Block Mortar Water Repellent Admixture" by Grace Construction 47 Products or "MasterPel 240MA" or "MasterPel 210D" by BASF Corp. or "Rainbloc for Mortar" by ACM 48 Chemistries. 49 • Grout: ASTM C 476, fine grout, for masonry unit cells, lintels, bond beams, below -grade wall cavities, 50 wall infills, and hollow metal frames at CMU. 51 • Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Grade N, medium weight (110 to 125 pcf), with integral color, texture 52 and scoring to match existing. Include "Dry -Block Block Water Repellent Admixture" by Grace 53 Construction Products or "MasterPel 240" by BASF Corp. or "Rainbloc Admixture for CMU" by ACM MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 24 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 Chemistries, where units are exposed to weather. Do not include integral water repellent if CMU is to 2 be painted. 3 DIVISION 5 4 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 5 • Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, G60 zinc coating, Grade 33 for 18 gage and less; 6 Grade 50 for 16 gage and greater. 7 • Wall Framing: 18 gage, 1 -5/8 -inch flange. 8 • Joist Framing: 16 gage, 1 -5/8 -inch flange. 9 METAL FABRICATIONS & FOLDING LADDER 10 • Fabrication and Erection: Comply with AISC specifications for fabrication and erection. Exposed work 11 to be finished smooth with even, close joints and neat connections; prime painted white except 12 galvanized where exposed to weather. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted 13 connections, and abraded areas and then apply primer. . Apply finish coat in field. 14 • Steel Decking: 1 -1/2 -inch x 22 -gage Type -B; Verco Type HSB-36 or ASC Steel Deck "High Shear B- 15 36"; galvanized ASTM A 653, for mezzanine deck with concrete topping and shop -primed (white 16 where exposed in completed construction) ASTM A 1008 for roof deck and mezzanine deck with no 17 concrete topping. Include all accessories. At roof decks, secure with 5 -puddle welds per sheet 18 across each support and 18 -inch -centers at supports parallel to span. At security barriers, secure 19 with 1/2 -inch puddle welds at 24 -inch -centers. 20 • Rolled Stainless Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793, with raised diamond pattern. 21 • Other Shapes: ASTM A-36 (Fy = 36,000 psi). 22 • Tube Steel Columns: ASTM A500, Grade B (Fy = 46, 000 psi). 23 • Pipe Columns: ASTM A53, Grade B (Fy =36,000 psi). 24 • Machine Bolts: A307. 25 • Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1; E70XX electrodes; minimum 14 -inch continuous fillet. 26 • Touch up all galvanized surfaces after welding with SSPCC inorganic zinc -rich primer. 27 • Handrails/Guardrails: Schedule 40 steel pipe, shop -primed except galvanized where exposed to 28 weather. Welded joints; grind smooth. Configurations as shown on drawings. Comply with all 29 applicable codes. 30 o Sizes at Guardrails: 2 -inch outside diameter at Equipment, Receiving and Pneumatic Tube 31 Platforms; 1 -1/2 -inch outside diameter at all other locations. Include intermediate rails or 32 members to limit open spaces to a sphere 4 inches in diameter where railing is accessible to the 33 public or 12 inches where railing is not accessible to the public. 34 • Cart Storage Post and Rails: Posts to have 3 -inch outside diameter, Schedule 40 galvanized steel 35 pipe filled and capped with grout; Rails to have 2 -inch outside diameter, Schedule 40 galvanized steel 36 pipe. Weld and smoothly ground joints. Repair galvanized coating. 37 • Bollards: Concrete -filled 6 -inch diameter Schedule 40 pipe; 48 inches high; shop primed. 38 o Bollard Sleeve: "Ideal Shield" or "Post Guard" Safety Red sleeve with dome top for each bollard. 39 Contact Marty Venegas at Ideal Shield, by phone (480) 380-2100 or by email 40 mvenegas@idealshield.com; OR contact Mike O'Connor at Post Guard by phone (866) 737-8900 41 or email mike@postguard.com. 42 o In -Ground Mounted Bollards: Embedded 48 inches (1200 mm) below grade. Fill bollard to top 43 with concrete. 44 o Surface -Mounted Bollards: Weld bollard to 1/4 -inch thick base plate and four 45 -degree steel 45 angle brace, with equal spacing. Pre -drill base plates at locations indicated on Drawing for 46 bolting in field. Do not fill bollard with concrete. 47 • Steel Ladders to Roof: Fabricate ladders according to OSHA standards and regulations, and as 48 indicated, with wrap-around steel cage where required above surrounding walls. Include Bilco 49 "LadderUp Safety Post". 50 • Steel Ladders to Equipment Platforms: Fabricate ladders as indicated. Include steel plate cover to 51 act as a security door for ladder. 52 o Folding Aluminum Ladder: Alaco Ladder Co.; Model 435CC Pivotal Ladder; 24 inches wide, 60- 53 degree, 500 lbs capacity, 6 -inch wide steps mounted 12 inches on center, complete with 1-1/4- MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 25 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 f PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 inch round handrails, mounting bracket -slide to allow for flat storage against wall, and solid rubber 2 feet; (888)310-7040. 3 • Column Wrap: 22 gauge stainless steel, cut and bend to shape and size of column allowing 1 -inch 4 overlap at seams. Locate seams near corner of column. Secure with 100% clear silicone adhesive 5 sealant, with watertight seams. Smooth satin finish and full height in Freshline Areas; diamond plate 6 pattern and at height indicated in Sales Area. 7 • Stainless Steel Diamond Plate Below Exterior Food Service Counter: 16 gauge stainless steel with 8 diamond-shaped pattern; cut and bend to shape and size indicated on Drawings. Secure panels with 9 both mechanical fasteners and silicone adhesive. Use stainless steel fasteners of size and type 10 appropriate for substrate and application, spaced at 16 inches max at perimeter of panel. Use 11 silicone sealant/adhesive that is one -component, non -sag, neutral -clear, mold -and -mildew resistant, 12 and certified for food contact. Apply adhesive in vertical ribbons to allow drainage of incidental 13 moisture behind the panel. If necessary, apply primer to substrate to allow adhesive bond between 14 stainless steel panel and substrate. Apply sealant at butt joints between panels. Install panels to 15 height indicated. 16 • Pre -Engineered Steel Stairs (Interior): Steel pan stair system, with concrete filled treads and 17 landings. 18 o Design custom steel stair and platform systems to resist a uniform load of 100 Ibf/sq. ft. and a 19 concentrated live load of 300 Ibf applied on an area of 4 sq. in., in a position to cause maximum 20 stress. 21 o Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36 / A 36M. 22 o Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A. 23 o Electrodes: AWS A5.1 / A5.1 M, E60XX or AWS A5.5 / A5.5M, E70XX 24 o Concrete Anchors: Kwik -Bolt or Sleeve Anchor by Hilti, Red Head Wedge Anchors by Phillips, 25 Trubolt or Dynabolt by Ramset, Rawl -Bolt or Rawl -Stud by Rawlplug, Parabolt by U.S.M. 26 o Form metal pans and platforms using 12 or 14 gage steel sheets. 27 o Fabricate steel tube supporting members to carry structural loads on platforms and stairs to the 28 foundation concrete. Fabricate stringers from structural steel channels, plates, or tubes. 29 Fabricate closures for exposed ends of stringers. Support platforms with structural steel channel 30 headers and structural steel framing members. Bolt or weld headers to stringers. Bolt or weld 31 framing members to stringers and headers. 32 o Construct riser and sub -tread metal pans with steel supporting brackets, welded to stringer. 33 Secure metal pans to brackets with rivets, bolts, or welds. Secure sub -platform metal pans to 34 platform frames with welds. 35 o Finish: Shop primed using manufacturer's standard rust inhibiting primer, for field painting. 36 o Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements for interior concrete work. Fine broom finish, 37 perpendicular to line of traffic. 38 DIVISION 6 39 MISCELLANEOUS WOODWORK 40 • Softwood Trim: Douglas fir, Eastern white pine, or Idaho white; Grade C and Better finish, C Select, 41 or Choice. At wall caps and similar locations, round out exposed sharp edges to provide for a 42 smooth, eased finish. 43 • Softwood Plywood: 5/8 -inch thick (or as indicated) A -C exterior grade plywood at Pharmacy 44 Consultation Shelf, Pharmacy Partitions, and Pizza window shelf; 1/2 -inch thick (or as indicated) fire - 45 retardant treated, C -D Plugged exterior grade plywood, DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, at Tire Center, 46 Hearing Center ramp, behind signage and equipment, telecommunication and electrical equipment 47 backing, and in other interior locations indicated; 1/2 -inch thick (or as indicated) exterior grade, APA 48 Structural I rated roof or exterior wall sheathing. 49 • Single Chord Open -Web Wood Trusses: See Structural Drawings and Notes for actual joist type, 50 size, depth, span, and other design requirements. 51 o Trus Joist TJL Open Web Truss Series or RedBuilt Red -L Open -Web Truss Series, consisting of 52 1 -1/8 -inch tubular steel web members and 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 inches MSR lumber top and bottom 53 chords. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 26 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 ,• PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o Trus Joist TJW Open Web Truss Series or RedBuilt Red -W Open -Web Truss Series, consisting 2 of 1 -1/8 -inch tubular steel web members and 1-1/2 x 4-3/4 inches MSR lumber top and bottom 3 chords. 4 • Glue -Laminated Beams: Structural glue -laminated timber made from solid lumber laminations using 5 wet -use adhesive, industrial appearance. Laminated veneer lumber is not acceptable. Apply 6 transparent wood sealer to cross -grain end cuts. 7 • Plywood Floor Underlayment (at Resilient Flooring): Georgia Pacific "Plytanium Sturd-I-Floor 8 Plywood", Exposure 1, sub -floor plywood panel with tongue -and -groove profile and fully sanded face 9 in thickness shown on Structural Drawings but not less than 3/4 -inch. 10 • Stair Framing: Solid lumber framing members, treads and risers; 2x12 minimum stringers notched to 11 receive treads, risers and supports having 3-1/2 inches of effective depth. Provide at least three 12 stringers per each 36 -inch wide stair. Allow no more than 3/16 -inch variation between adjacent tread 13 and riser and no more than 3/8 -inch variation between largest and smallest tread and riser. 14 • Sheet Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, 10 mils thick minimum, under plywood ramp platform at 15 Hearing Center. 16 • Pharmacy Window Counter: 24 gauge, Type 430 stainless steel, satin finish. Use Knape & Vogt 221 17 Series utility shelf brackets, 6" x 8", white powder -coated finish. 18 • Pizza Window Shelf: 24 gauge, Type 430 stainless steel, satin finish, unless otherwise indicated. 19 • Solid Surface Countertop: Dupont Corian Solid Surface; 1/2 -inch thick; color "Aurora"; matte finish; 20 fabricate countertop in one piece with 1/8 -inch eased edge. Install over 3/4 -inch thick exterior grade 21 plywood. Use mildew -resistant silicone adhesive appropriate for application and is suitable for food 22 contact. Exposed joints or seams are not allowed. 23 • Fiber Cement Trim Boards (at Base of Cooler/Freezer Walls behind Polymer Flooring): James 24 Hardie "4/4 Hardie Trim NT3 Boards", 3/4" x 7.25" x 12'-0", smooth texture, shop -primed. Use hot -dip 25 galvanized steel screws, self -drilling, with flat heads, fastened securely to metal stud framing, 26 countersink to sit flush with finished surface of trim board. At metal insulated panel, bevel cut top of 27 board at 45 -degree. At metal framing, dado/route a notch at top of board to provide for a flush 28 surface between fiber cement board and gypsum fiber panel. Provide scarf vertical joints at 45- 29 degrees where board meets end to end. Lap joints at all inside and outside corners. Field prime all 30 cut edges. 31 • Anchors and Fasteners for Miscellaneous Wood Materials: Galvanized steel, of type, size and 32 penetration appropriate for application and project conditions. 33 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (FRPP) 34 • CONTACT: Crane Composites; contact Terry Bruckbauer at tbruckbauer@cranecomposites.com, 35 ph: (800) 435-0800 or (541) 905-5771, fax: (815) 467-8666; Nudo or Marlite; contact Marla Gomes at 36 (819) 530-8008 or marla.gomes@nudo.com or T.J. Rine; phone: (330) 260-7632; email: 37 tjrine@marlite.com. 38 • FRPP, Class A: Crane Composites "Fire -X Glasbord with Surfaseal", Product Code 6226, #85 white; 39 Nudo "FiberLite FRP Panels", with pebble textured surface, #050 white; or Marlite "Standard FRP 40 Panels", with pebble textured surface, #P100 white. 41 • Adhesive panels to wall. Provide extruded PVC corner moldings, division bars, end trim and cap, 42 color to match panels. 43 • Submit product data for Architect's approval prior to installation. 44 POLYCARBONATE PANELS ABOVE BUG LIGHTS 45 • Panels: Covestro LLC, "Makrolon SL Sign Grade Polycarbonate Sheet", .118" (1/8") thick, B54 white 46 translucent color. 47 • Attach panels to wall framing with six screws in predrilled holes, three along top and bottom edges 48 with equal spacing. Apply a bead of sealant behind panel around edges prior fastening panel to 49 framing. After panel is fastened to wall, apply sealant in gap between polycarbonate panel and 50 FRPP. Discontinue sealant beads to allow for four equally spaced weep holes at bottom of panel. 51 DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (DFRPP) AT OPTICAL 52 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Crane Composites; contact Terry Bruckbauer at 53 tbruckbauer@cranecomposites.com, ph: (800) 435-0800 or (541) 905-5771, fax: (815) 467-8666. 54 • ORDERING: Allow 21 days from time order is placed for product to be delivered to the jobsite. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 27 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Panels (for Remodels where DFRPP has same "Latte" color scheme): Varietex Linen Matte Finish, 2 Class "A" LNAM, color Latte (899A), decorative pattern, (Canada <150 flame spread required), 0.09 3 inch (2.3 mm) thick. Provide J-shaped edge molding, interior and exterior corner moldings; color 4 Glasbord PVC Molding, VDB0070 Beige 70. 5 • Panels (for new Optical where DFRPP has "Gray" color scheme): Varietex Linen Finish, Class "A" 6 LBALN, color "Morning Mist Gray" (636), decorative pattern, 0.09 inch (2.3 mm) thick. Provide J- 7 shaped edge molding, interior and exterior corner moldings; Glasbord PVC Molding, No. 636 "Light 8 Gray". 9 • Install panel from finished floor to full height of wall. Install moldings at edges and at panel interior 10 and exterior corners. Caulk joints (see below) between panels -- panel division bars are NOT 11 PERMITTED. Adhesive panels to wall. 12 • Joint Caulk: Acrylic latex caulk with silicone, color to match panel. Tape panel edges, fill 1/8 -inch 13 gap completely. 14 DIVISION 7 15 DAMPPROOFING 16 • Bituminous Dampproofing: Henry HE 785, HE788 HE789 or W.R. Meadows Sealmastic or BASF 17 MasterSeal 610, 614, 615 or Euclid Chemical Co. Dehydratine 75; apply primer and two coats of 18 dampproofing from finished grade to bottom of footing of foundation walls and retaining walls. 19 WATER REPELLENT 20 • Clear Penetrating Water Repellent: For concrete masonry vertical substrates (including wall areas 21 under Entry Canopy, use Degussa Evonik "Protectosil Aqua -Trete Concentrate" or ProSoCo 22 "Weather Seal Siloxane WB Concentrate" or BASF "MasterProtect H 185". For concrete vertical 23 substrates (including benches/curbs and wall areas under Entry Canopy), use Evonik "Protectosil 24 Chem -Trete 40 VOC" or ProSoCo 'Weather Seal Siloxane WB Concentrate" or BASF "MasterProtect 25 H 440 VT". For concrete horizontal substrates (at slabs and curbs/bench under open Entry Canopy 26 and sidewalks and curbs/bench outside Entry Canopy), use BASF "MasterProtect H 400" or Vexcon 27 Chemicals "StarSeal EF Weather Seal Plus". For other substrates, obtain Architect's approval on 28 manufacturer's recommended products. Apply until fully saturated in accordance to manufacturer's 29 instructions. 30 INSULATION 31 • Faced Batt Insulation in Non -Exposed Locations: "Light Density Thermal Insulation" by Owens - 32 Corning or "Glass Fiber Insulation" by Johns -Manville, with Kraft -paper -faced vapor retarder, meeting 33 ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C. R -value as indicated or match existing. 34 • Faced Glass -Fiber Blanket Insulation in Exposed Locations: Glass -fiber blanket insulation with a 35 vapor retarder facing membrane on one face, complying with ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A. R- 36 value as indicated or match existing. Furnish a vapor retarder facing, fabricated with 0.0015 -inch 37 white metallized polypropylene and 14 lbs/3000 sq. ft. white kraft paper, reinforced with a tri - 38 directional fiberglass/polyester scrim and laminated together with a flame resistant adhesive, 39 complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II and IV. Use material with flame spread and smoke developed 40 indexes not exceeding 10 when tested according to ASTM E 84. Use "WMP-UV-HD" by Lamtec 41 Corp. Furnish insulation with laminated facing at wall locations and as a separate facing sheet at 42 roof/ceiling locations. 43 • Mineral Wood Board Insulation: Unfaced, Type IA and IB, nominal density 4 lbs/cu.ft. (64 kg/cu.m.), 44 with flame spread and smoke developed indexes of 15 and 0, respectively, per ASTM E 84. Use at 45 top of fire resistive wall assemblies. Apply firestop joint spray as required. Comply with UL 46 designation indicated. 47 • FSK -Faced Rigid Board Insulation: Rigid fiber glass boards with Foil -Scrim -Kraft (FSK) facing, 48 conforming to ASTM C 612 Type II A Category 1, with flame spread of 25 or Tess, and density of 3.00 49 pcf, 2-1/2 inch thick, R-10 minimum. Use Johns Manville "Insul-Shield I/S 300 FSK -25 Boards" or 50 Owens Corning "Type 703 Fiberglas Board, FSK -Faced". 51 • Masonry Cell Insulation: Tailored Chemical Products "Core -Fill 500" or cfiFOAM "Core Foam 52 Masonry Insulation" or Polymaster "R-501". 53 • Rigid Insulation Board at Foundation Walls: Dow "Styrofoam Square Edge" or Owens Corning 54 "Foamular 250"; Type IV, 25 psi, 2 inches thick. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 28 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 1 • 1 • PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Freezer Slab Insulation System: Dow "Styrofoam Highload 60" or Owens Corning "Foamular 600"; R- 2 40 unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, minimum 2 -layers with staggered joints. Install insulation 3 boards over 15 -mil thick Stego "Stego Wrap" or W.R. Meadows "Perminator 15"; overlap 6 inches and 4 tape at joints; extend vapor retarder up sides to top of slab. 5 o At Slab -On -Grade: Install vapor retarder over compacted layer of sand, consisting of free - 6 draining, natural, fine, screened and washed, silica -based sand (no silt, manufactured sand or 7 stone dust allowed). Use Schedule 40 non -perforated PVC vent piping, bell & spigot ends; loose 8 joints. 9 • Insulation on Underside of Elevated Insulated Slab of Freezer/Cooler (Interior Applications): Use 10 Demilec "Heatiok Soy 200 Plus", a two -component, closed -cell, spray -applied, rigid polyurethane 11 foam insulation with density of 2.1 pcf per ASTM D 1622, thermal resistance R -value of 7.4 per inch 12 (overall thickness as required), and compressive strength of 28.7 psi per ASTM D 1621. Prepare 13 surfaces and apply primer per foam insulation manufacturer's recommendations. Spray -apply 14 Demilec "Blazelok TBX", an 11 dry mils thick white -colored water-based intumescent coating with 15 flame spread index of less than 25 and smoke developed index of less than 50, over foam insulation 16 to fully conceal and protect foam insulation and to comply with code -required interior finish in 17 accordance to NFPA 286. 18 • Insulation on Underside of Elevated Slab of Freezer/Cooler (Exterior Applications): General Coatings 19 "Ultra -Thane 230", a two -component, closed -cell spray polyurethane foam insulation with density of 20 2.0 pcf and R -value of 6.6 per inch; R-40 required unless otherwise noted on Drawings. Prepare 21 surfaces and apply primer per foam insulation manufacturer's recommendations. Spray -apply 22 Isolatek International "Cafco TB 415", a Portland -cement based, 22 pcf density, 3/8 -inch thick 23 minimum, thermal barrier to fully conceal and protect foam insulation. Smooth -trowel finish to blend 24 in with the adjacent surfaces. Apply Isolatek International "Cafco Bond -Seal" sealer/primer prior to 25 applying finish paints. 26 • Sound Attenuation Insulation in Walls of Restrooms, and Walls and Ceiling of Optical and Hearing: 3- 27 1/2 inch thick, unfaced "Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation" by Owens-Corning. 28 • Closed -Cell Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C 1029 Type II, minimum density 2.2 lbs./cu.ft. 29 Fill voids in exterior door and window jambs, headers and mullions; in columns at storefronts; and 30 other cavities in building envelope. 31 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) 32 • Provide a fully -adhered Class PB EIFS, with a troweled -on weather -resistive barrier, and vertically 33 formed adhesive drainage channels applied over gypsum sheathing substrate, together with molded 34 expanded polystyrene board insulation with drainage channels, reinforcing mesh, primer, base coat 35 and acrylic -based finish coat materials, elastomeric sealants, drainage trim, and accessories. Use 36 materials compatible with substrates and approved for systems indicated. Match existing color and 37 texture. 38 • Acceptable Systems: "Outsulation Plus System" by Dryvit or "Senerflex Channeled Adhesive Design 39 System" by Senergy. 40 METAL WALL PANELS — INFILL, PATCH AND REPAIR 41 • Original Installer/Manufacturer will be responsible for all wall panel work, including infill, patch and 42 repair, to ensure that the existing metal wall panel system is modified in a manner that any warranty 43 presently in force is preserved and maintained. Work by other Subcontractor must be approved by 44 Owner. 45 • Coordinate your requirements with approved installer prior to performing any work. 46 • All cutting, framing, patching and repairing required to accommodate new work is to be done by 47 approved Subcontractor. 48 • Framing: Supply and install framing materials necessary to accommodate new work. At exterior, use 49 16 gauge, G60 galvanized steel framing members. 50 • Weather -Resistive Barrier: Where necessary, use Type 2 (No. 30) asphalt -saturated organic building 51 felt, unperforated. Install horizontally with alternating seams, shingle fashion, 4 -inch overlaps. 52 • Insulation: Where necessary, use faced -fiberglass bianket insulation with Class A vapor retarder 53 membrane. If exposed, use color to match existing adjacent construction. Provide insulation in 54 thickness required. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 29 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Metal Panel: Supply and install metal panel in material, profile, thickness, finish and color to match 2 existing adjacent construction. Include all necessary flashing, trim, accessories and fasteners for a 3 complete and weathertight installation. Comply with existing warranty requirements. 4 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 5 • Sheet Metal Gauges (minimum): 22 gauge fascia; 26 gauge counterflashing; 26 gauge flashing; 24 6 gauge scupper; 24 gauge hanging gutter and dowspout; 20 gauge concealed gutter; 24 gauge coping 7 up to 12 inches wide; 22 gauge coping over 12 inches wide; 22 gauge cleats and edge strips; 26 8 gauge sill flashing. 9 • Reglets: Type, material and profile indicated, formed to provide secured interlocking of separate 10 reglet and counterflashing pieces. 11 • Finish: Galvanized steel sheet with Kynar-coated finish. 12 FIRESTOPPING 13 • Provide complete code -approved fire -stop system; comply ASTM E814, F -Rated and T -Rated 14 through -penetration; include all accessories, sealants, putty, pillows, etc. Installation by an 15 experienced installer. 16 FIREPROOFING 17 • Sprayed -Fire -Resistive Material: Use "Carboline Pyrolite 15", 'W.R. Grace Monokote Type MK-6 18 Series", or "Isolatek International Cafco 300" for interior locations where surfaces are not exposed to 19 traffic. Use "Carboline Southwest Fireproofing Type 7 HD", 'W.R. Grace Monokote Z-146", or 20 "Isolatek International Cafco Fendolite M -II" for exterior locations or interior locations where surfaces 21 are exposed to traffic. Where fireproofing is existing, use approved equivalent product in patching 22 and repair work. 23 • Intumescent Fire -Resistive Coating: Use "Carboline AD Firefilm III & Colorcoat", "Isolatek Cafco 24 Sprayfilm WB 3 Basecoat and Topseal", or "3M FireDam Intumescent Coating WB 1000" for interior 25 locations only. Where fireproofing is existing, use approved equivalent product in patching and repair 26 work. 27 • Verify compatibility of primer or existing finish. Remove surface imperfections or contaminants that 28 could be impair bond of fireproofing to substrates. Obtain acceptance of substrate in writing by 29 fireproofing manufacturer. 30 • Apply fireproofing materials in thickness required for fire -resistance design indicated, in accordance to 31 manufacturer's installation instructions and requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. 32 • Provide a uniform finish. Apply topcoat or sealer in color selected by Architect. 33 • Perform tests and inspections in successive stages as required by authority having jurisdiction. 34 Remove and replace fireproofing that does not pass tests and inspections, at no cost to the Owner. 35 Retest until accepted by authority having jurisdiction. 36 FIRE RATED DUCT INSULATION 37 • Provide flexible, high temperature fiber blanket for fire rating required; UL tested and certified as duct 38 wrap per Classification HNKT for Grease Duct Assemblies. Use 3M "Fire Barrier Wrap Products" or 39 Thermal Ceramics "FireMaster Duct Wrap". 40 JOINT SEALANTS 41 • Prep & prime joints as recommended by manufacturer. Provide compatible backing; place sealant to 42 produce uniform cross-section and depth; tool joints and remove excess sealant. 43 • Seal all joints and penetrations. 44 • Seal interior and exterior perimeters at openings/penetrations; seal perimeter joints between wall and 45 door frames. 46 • Provide appropriate sealants for actual condition. 47 • Exterior Joint Sealants: Color — match color of adjacent surfaces. 48 o For horizontal joints in exterior cast -in-place concrete pavements and sidewalks: Use Sikaflex 2c 49 SL or BASF MasterSeal SL 2. 50 o For vertical construction joints in concrete, masonry, and stucco wall surfaces, at perimeter of 51 door openings (interior and exterior sides), where concrete/masonry butts up to steel shapes, and 52 curbs/benches: Use Sikaflex 2c NS or BASF MasterSeal NP 2. 53 o For vertical joints between metal panels, storefronts, entrances and adjacent construction: Use 54 Dow Corning 795 or Pecora 895. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 30 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o For exterior sheet metal joints: Use Pecora BC -158 or Tremco Butyl Sealant. 2 • Interior Joint Sealants: 3 o For vertical joints between gypsum board surfaces and door frames and adjacent construction: 4 Use Pecora AC -20+ or Tremco Tremflex 834. 5 o For joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors or counters, between polymer 6 floor base and MIP/FRPP, and concrete curbs: Use Dow Corning 786 Mildew Resistant or GE 7 Silicones Sanitary SCS1700. Color - white at fixtures, MIP and FRPP; grey at stainless steel. 8 o For under thresholds and stud runner tracks: Use Pecora BC -158 or Tremco Butyl Sealant. 9 MEMBRANE ROOFING — PATCH, REPAIR, CURBS AND PIPE STANDS 10 • Membrane Roofing Modifications: Make repairs, penetrations and flashing to existing roof system 11 that preserves and maintains all warranties. 12 o General: Match existing roof membrane and all associated components (insulation, vapor 13 retarder, substrate/cover board, etc.) that make up the roof assembly. Patch, repair and infill 14 where necessary for a complete and weathertight installation. 15 o Provide approved cover board or substrate board (if required by code, manufacturer and to match 16 existing). 17 o Provide structural support, designed by Structural Engineer, for equipment, fans, etc. as required. 18 o At conduit/piping penetrations, provide flexible boot -type fittings. 19 o Provide walkway pads to new rooftop equipment. 20 o Provide all primer, flashing, sealant, cleaner, adhesives, mastic, battens, pipe boots, 21 prefabricated corners, wood blocking/nailers, metal termination bars, fasteners, etc. as required 22 for a complete system. 23 o Pre -installation conference is required with Owner & Owner's Insurer. 24 o Verify location of all interior ducts, electrical lines, piping, conduit, and/or similar obstructions 25 below roof deck. Perform all work in such a manner as to avoid contact with the above - 26 mentioned items. Repairing damages is the responsibility of the Contractor. 27 o Comply with manufacturer's installation requirements and FM requirements, as appropriate for 28 existing type of roof system. 29 o Perform all work on existing roofing system in a manner approved by membrane manufacturer to 30 preserve and maintain all existing manufacturer's roofing warranties. Warranty shall include all 31 repairs and replacement of components that fail in material or workmanship, including roof leaks. 32 o Provide executed Roofing Warranty prior to final payment to General Contractor. 33 o Engage a manufacturer's technical field representative to attend pre -installation conference and 34 to visit job site at start of installation, during installation, and at completion of roof installation. 35 • Types of Membrane Roofing: 36 o Built-up bituminous roofing — 4 -ply (base sheet, two-ply sheets, and mineral surfaced cap sheet), 37 by Johns Manville or GAF. Use Type III asphalt (ASTM D 312). 38 o EPDM (fully adhered, mechanically attached, and ballasted) — EPDM sheet, ASTM D 4637, Type 39 I non -reinforced (for ballasted or fully -adhered system) or Type II reinforced (for mechanically - 40 attached system), 60 mils thick, unbacked, black color, by Carlisle SynTec or Firestone Building 41 Products. Where applicable, match existing ballast type, size, and gradation. 42 o TPO (mechanically attached) — TPO sheet, ASTM D 6878, reinforced, 60 mils thick, unbacked, 43 white color, by Firestone Building Products, Johns Manville or GAF. Membrane seaming by hot - 44 air welding. 45 o PVC (mechanically attached) — PVC sheet, ASTM D 4434, Type III, reinforced, 60 mils thick, 46 unbacked, white color, by Firestone Building Products, GAF or Dow Roofing. Membrane 47 seaming by hot-air welding. 48 o Coated roofing — ASTM D 6083, liquid acrylic elastomer emulsion coating system, formulated for 49 coating sprayed polyurethane roofing, white color, 28 mils dry film overall thickness minimum at 50 any point on roof, fabric reinforced where required, by BaySystems North America, Gaco 51 Western, LaPolla Industries, or National Coatings. Where applicable, include rigid, spray -applied 52 polyurethane foam insulation, having 40 psi compressive strength, 2.8 to 3.0 lb/cu.ft. (44.9 to 48.1 53 kg/cu.m.) (ASTM D 1622) in-place density, and 75 or less flame -spread index, at thickness to 54 achieve R -value required. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 31 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE — USA & MEXICO 1 • Rigid Board Roof Insulation: Polyisocyanurate board with felt or glass -fiber mat facer on both major 2 faces. Thickness to match existing insulation or to achieve R -value required. Taper as required. 3 Ensure deck is clean, dry and smooth. Install in minimum of 2 -layers; stagger joints minimum 6 4 inches between layers in both directions. Uniformly secure insulation with FM -approved corrosion - 5 resistant fasteners with plates; penetrate at least 3/4 -inch through the steel deck. Provide additional 6 fasteners at corners and perimeters; comply FM Data Sheet 1-28. Provide sumps at roof drains and 7 crickets/saddles to ensure positive drainage. 8 • Roof Curbs: Roof Products, Inc., Model RPC -3 Curb (for HVAC units, skylights/smoke venting 9 skylights, exhaust fans, and roof hatches), Model RPES-3 (for refrigeration condenser units), Model 10 RPPB-3 (for refrigeration piping penetration), minimum 18 -gage hot -dipped galvanized steel x 1.5- 11 inch thick insulated curb, level top at 12 -inches (minimum) above roofing; use minimum 14 -gage at 12 curbs supporting units greater than 3000 -pounds. Provide burglar bar grid; painted white at 13 skylights/smoke venting skylights. Provide white interior exposed finish. Reinforce curb as required 14 by loads. Where existing curbs are to receive new skylights/smoke venting skylights, HVAC units, 15 exhaust fans, roof hatches, refrigeration condenser units, or other rooftop equipment), provide 16 adaptor extension units to lift top of curb to 12 -inches above roofing. CONTACT: Robert Banicki 17 (800) 262-6669. 18 • pipe Stands: Miro Industries "Pillow Block Pipe Stands", roller -bearing supports for roof -mounted 19 pipes, conduits, etc. with polycarbonate seats and top straps. Install additional sheet of roofing, a 20 Miro "Support Pad" or a Miro "Deck Plate" beneath each pipe stand and anchor to rooftop. 21 • Roof Hatch: Bilco Type S Scuttle, 30x36 inches (762x900 mm), curb -mounted, galvanized steel and 22 pre -finished in black color. Include hasp, eye, padlock, and "LadderUp" safety post attachment. 23 METAL ROOFING — PATCH, REPAIR, PENETRATIONS, CURBS AND PIPE STANDS 24 • CONTACT: Span Construction (559) 661-1111 or spancostcosales@spanconstruction.com. Span 25 Construction will be responsible for all roof work, including patch and repair at new penetrations and 26 installation of new curbs, adaptive curbs, curb extension, pipe flashing and similar roof accessories, 27 to ensure that the existing metal roof structure is modified in a manner that any warranty presently in 28 force is preserved and maintained. Work by other Subcontractor is not acceptable. 29 • Coordinate your requirements with Span prior to performing any work. 30 • Do NOT run conduits/piping directly on the metal roofing; use Span -approved fittings that do not allow 31 contact with the roofing and use only non -corrosive fasteners compatible with roofing material. 32 • Roof Curbs, Adaptive Curbs, Curb Extension: Custom -fabricated roof curbs, adaptive curbs, and/or 33 curb extension by Span Construction, having minimum 20 -gage stainless steel x 1.5 -inch thick 34 insulated curb, level top at 12 -inches (minimum) above roofing; use minimum 14 -gage at curbs 35 supporting HVAC units, condensers, or other units greater than 3000 -pounds. Provide white interior 36 exposed finish. Provide burglar bar grid; painted white at skylights/smoke venting skylights. 37 Reinforce curb as required by loads. Where existing curbs are to receive new skylights or other 38 rooftop equipment, provide adaptive extension units to lift top of curb to 12 -inches above roofing. 39 • All cutting, framing, patching and repairing required to accommodate new work is to be done by Span 40 Construction. 41 • Pipe / Conduit / Vent Penetrations and Patching: Advise Span Construction of the number of 42 penetrations and Span Construction will provide the appropriate flashing and tie downs. 43 • Insulation: Where necessary, Span Construction will supply and install faced -fiberglass blanket 44 insulation with Class A white vapor retarder membrane to be supported by nylon mesh, to match 45 existing adjacent construction. 46 SEISMIC OR EXPANSION JOINT COVERS 47 • Interior Floor -to -Wall Corner Joint Cover — Balco "EXL Series" or approved equivalent. Select size, 48 shape, and configuration appropriate for joint width and condition indicated on drawings. Aluminum 49 cover plate, mill finish. Include fire barrier as part of fire rated joint assembly where required. 50 • Exterior or Interior Wall -to -Wall Corner Joint Cover — C/S Group "ESC Series" or approved 51 equivalent. Select size, shape, and configuration appropriate for joint width and condition indicated 52 on drawings. Aluminum cover plate, mill finish. Include fire barrier as part of fire rated joint assembly 53 where required. At exterior joint locations, provide flexible EPDM water barrier sheet to ensure 54 weathertightness of assembly. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 32 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Exterior Bellows -Type Expansion Joint — Select size, shape, and configuration appropriate for joint 2 width and condition indicated on drawings. 26 gauge G90 galvanized steel sheet, EPDM or neoprene 3 bellows as is compatible with roof membrane. Include fire barrier as part of fire rated joint assembly 4 where required. Provide flexible EPDM water barrier sheet to ensure weathertightness of assembly. 5 • Roof to Wall Expansion Joint: Expand -O -Flash Expansion Joint Cover, Style EJ (Cant -to -Wall) or 6 Style CF/EJ (Curb -to -Wall) Insulated, by Johns Manville. 7 • Wall to Wall Corner Expansion Joint: Expand -O -Gard Expansion Joint Cover, Style F Vertical, 8 Insulated, by Johns Manville. Include a prefinished metal joint cover as indicated on Drawings. 9 Color shall be as selected by Architect. 10 DIVISION 8 11 DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE 12 • CONTACT: Evergreen Construction Specialties, Steve Price (253) 288-8455, for all doors, frames, 13 and hardware. 14 • Wood Doors — Solid core, 1 3/4 -inch thickness, flush, premium Grade -A faces, White Birch rotary cut; 15 match existing. Five ply with blocks and edges bonded to core. 7 -ply and non -bonded NOT 16 PERMITTED. Factory Finish: WDMA System TR -6, catalyzed polyurethane, premium grade, 3 17 sealer coats and 2 top coats, sanding between coats, clear natural finish. 18 o Sound Retardant Wood Doors at Hearing Center: Heritage Collection by VT Industries, Model 19 5550H, sound attenuation core, SR -5, with stained stiles and acoustical lite kit, Model 110M, 6x36 20 inches, 5/8 -inch clear laminated glass. 21 • Exterior Steel Doors: 1 3/4 -inch thickness; 18 -gage, A60 zinc -iron -alloy (galvannealed) steel face 22 sheets per ASTM A 653/A 653M Commercial Steel Type B, heavy duty, Level 2, Model 2 seamless, 23 polystyrene insulated core, U-0.48 or R-2.08 per ASTM C 1363. Flush closed top and bottom edges. 24 • Interior Steel Doors —1 34 -inch thickness; 18 -gage cold -rolled steel face sheets, Level 2, Model 2 25 seamless, kraft -paper honeycomb core. Flush closed top and bottom edges. 26 • Steel Frames — 16 -gage, A60 zinc -iron -alloy (galvannealed) steel face sheets per ASTM A 653/A 27 653M Commercial Steel Type B; mitered/coped welded face corners and seamless face joints. Prep 28 for hardware; provide jamb and floor anchors. Grout solid at exterior. 29 • Factory -Applied Primer for Steel Doors and Frames: One coat of oven cured rust inhibiting prime 30 paint ("Paint Lock") per ANSI A224.1 1990 or ASTM B117 and ASTM D1735. 31 • Hardware — Specified hardware components are intended to be used as basis of design. Where 32 applicable as authorized by Warehouse Manager, match warehouse existing hardware manufacturer, 33 lock type and style, finishes, keying, etc. Doors to receive hardware that is similar to existing doors of 34 similar use including tying into security/fire systems; provide Hardware Schedule for review. Provide 35 lever handles with all interior door locksets and latchsets. 36 • Hinge Sizes: Use the following: 4.5 x 4.5 inches OR 5 x 4.5 inches (three hinges per door leaf up to 4 37 feet wide by 7 feet high); 4.5 x 4.5 inches for doors up to 3 feet 5 inches wide (four hinges per door 38 leaf up to 4 feet wide by 8 feet high); 5 x 4.5 inches for doors over 3 feet 5 inches wide and up to 4 39 feet wide (four hinges per door leaf up to 4 feet wide by 9 feet high). 40 • The following hardware schedule includes hardware groups for typical interior doors. Contact 41 Architect for hardware in other locations or conditions. 42 HW -1 (Overhead Coiling Doors, Sectional Doors, Security Grilles) 43 Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 44 1 Padlock Schlage KS23FL2300 X 606 Shackle & 9" Chain 45 1 Cylinder Schlage 47-743 X 606 "CP" 46 HW -14 (EDP) 47 Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 48 2 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 49 1 Power Transfer Hinge ACSI BB5002 x 1102 x 630 50 1 Storage Lock Schlage ND8ORD-EU-RX RHO 626 13-047 10-025 51 1 Closer LCN 1461 -FC AL PA TBWMS 52 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 53 3 Silencers Ives SR64 54 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 33 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 Power Supply Schlage PS902-KL 1 Keypad Bosch D8229 by Security Contractor 1 Door Contact Sentrol 1078W by Security Contractor Note: Security Contractor should refer to specific requirements in Costco Security requirements. HW -15 (Pharmacy) Each shall have: 3 Hinges 1 Storage Lock 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers 1 Kickplate 1 Peephole (at Door 32 for viewing from Lab 1 Door Contact (at Lab Doors 31 and 32) HW -17 (Quiet Room) Each shall have: 3 Hinges 1 Office Lock w/ Indicator 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers 1 Kickplate HW -18 (Electrical Room) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP Schlage ND8ORD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 Rockwood 409 US32D Ives SR64 Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW Home Protector 595 x 626 into Consultation) By Security Contractor Selected Manufacturer McKinney TA2714 US26D Schlage L9050R 06A 626 L283-722 L583-363 Rockwood 409 US32D Ives SR64 Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Exit Device Von Duprin 98L 630 1 Cylinder for Exit Device Schlage 20-057 626 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 3 Silencers Ives SR64 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW HW -19 (Main Sales to Office)(Optical Reception to Exam Room) (Break Room, Mechanical Room, Janitor Closet, Manager's Office) (Hearing Center) Each shall have: 3 Hinges 1 Office Lock 3 Silencers 1 Kickplate Selected Manufacturer McKinney TA2714 US26D Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 Ives SR 64 Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D HW -20 (Main Sales to Food Service Prep) Each shall have: 3 Hinges 1 Closer 1 Wall Stop 2 Armor Plates 3 Silencers 1 Push Plate 1 Push Pull Selected Manufacturer McKinney TA2714 US26D LCN 4040XP SHCUSH AL TBWMS Rockwood 409 US32D Rockwood K1038 US32D 36" x 2" LTDW Ives SR64 Rockwood 70C US32D Rockwood 107 x 70C US32D HW -21 (Food Service Prep to Exterior) Each shall have: 3 Hinges 1 Office Lock 1 Astragal 1 Closer 1 Wall Stop 1 Threshold Selected Manufacturer McKinney TA2314 US32D NRP Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 Pemko 3572PP-7 X TB LCN 4040XPS AL TBWMS w/ CUSH/STOP Rockwood 409 US32D Pemko 171A x FHSL25 MG2 Page 34 of 84 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Current as of February 23, 2018 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 Door Bottom Pemko 315CN 1 Weatherstrip Set Pemko 290APK 2 Armor Plates Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW 1 Door Contact By Security Contractor HW -22 (Pair of Aluminum Storefront Doors; Automatic Sliding Doors; Shutters at Soda Alcoves and Food Service Counter; Outside Coiling Grilles) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 2 Cylinders Schlage 23-030 626 (Remainder of hardware by door manufacturer.) HW -23 (Interior Fire Rated Opening such as Door to Mechanical Mezzanine, Mechanical Room, when required) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Office Lock Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Closer LCN 1461 -FC AL PA TBWMS 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Gasket Pemko S88D 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW HW -24 (Tire Sales to Tire Each shall have: 3 Hinges 1 Passage Latch 1 Closer 2 Armor Plates 3 Silencers 1 Wall Stop 1 Electromagnet 1 Power Supply 2 Keypads HW -25 (Tire Sales to Each shall have: 3 Hinges 1 Passage Latch 1 Closer 2 Armor Plates 1 Wall Stop 1 Threshold 1 Door Bottom 1 Weatherstrip Set 1 Electromagnet Installation, Non -Fire -Rated) Selected Manufacturer McKinney TA2714 US26D Schlage L9010 X 06A 626 09-662 10-072 LCN 4040XP AL TBWMS Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW Ives SR64 Rockwood 409 US32D Schlage M490 Schlage PS902 - KL ACS 11355-1 Tire Installation — Fire Rated) Selected Manufacturer McKinney TA2714 US26D Schlage L9010 X 06A 626 09-662 10-072 LCN 4040XP AL TBWMS Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW Rockwood 409 US32D Pemko 171A x FHSL25 Pemko 315CN Pemko S88D Schlage M490 1 Power Supply Schlage PS902 - KL 2 Keypads ACSI 1355-1 HW -26 (Restroom/Storage Room in Tire Center - Fire Rated) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D Privacy Lock w/ Indicatr Schlage L9044 06A 626 L283-722 L583-363 Closer LCN 1461 AL TBWMS Rockwood 409 US32D Pemko S88D Pemko 171A x FHSL25 Pemko 315CN Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HW -27 Wall Stop Weatherstrip Set Threshold Door Bottom Kickplate (Storage Room in Tire Center, Unisex Restroom at Office Core or Tire Center, Restroom in Receiving) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 35 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 1 • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D 1 Privacy Lock w/ Indictr Schlage L9044 06A 626 L283-722 L583-363 1 Closer LCN 1461 AL TBWMS 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Kickplate Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 3 Silencers Ives SR64 HW -30 (Receiving to Baler, Compactor) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 2 Hinges 1 Institutional Lock 1 Holder 1 Weatherstrip Set (all four sides) McKinney T4A3786 US26D NRP Schlage ND82RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 Rockwood 490 US26D Pemko 290APK 1 Door Contact By Security Contractor HW -31 (Main Sales to MPU, Chain Link Dutch Gate) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 1 Storage Lock Schlage ND8ORD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Deadlock Schlage BC56OR 626 12-288 10-094 HW -32 (Main Sales to MPU, Wood Dutch Door) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 4 McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 1 Schlage ND8ORD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Schlage BC56OR 626 12-288 10-094 1 Rockwood 630-4 US26D 4 Ives SR64 1 Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW 2 Stops Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Door Contact By Security Contractor HW -37 (Ante Room to Exterior) Hinges Storage Lock Deadlock Dutch Door Bolt Silencers Kickplate Each shall have: 2 Hinges 1 Power Transfer Hinge 1 Mortise Lock 1 Power Supply 1 Closer 1 Astragal 1 Wall Stop 1 Threshold 1 Door Bottom 1 Weatherstrip Set 1 Rain Drip Cap 1 Kickplate 1 Peephole 1 Keypad 1 Door Contact Selected Manufacturer McKinney TA2314 US32D NRP ACSI BB5002 x 1102 x 630 Schlage L9092REU X 06A 626 Schlage PS902 - KL LCN 4040XPS AL TBWMS w/ CUSH/STOP Pemko 3572PP-7 X TB Rockwood 403 US26D Pemko 2005AV x FHSL25 Pemko 315CN Pemko 290APK Pemko 346C Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW Home Protector 595 x 626 By Security Contractor By Security Contractor (Note 1: Locate Power Supply in the adjacent Vault, or as directed by the Store Manager.) (Note 2: Mount wall stop on side face of sill block on top of concrete or masonry stem wall, at the outermost edge where door meets wall.) HW -39 (Optical Entrance Door) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 1 Cylinder Schlage 23-030 626 (Remaining hardware by door manufacturer) HW -40 (Office to Vault [1 -Hr. Rated]) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 2 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 36 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Power Transfer Hinge Storage Lock Closer Wall Stop Kickplate Door bottom Smoke gasket Threshold Peephole Mail Slot (mount hinge at bottom) 1 Power Supply Schlage PS902-KL 1 Keypad Bosch D8229 by Security Contractor 1 Door Contact Sentrol 1078W by Security Contractor Note: Security Contractor should refer to specific requirements in Costco Security requirements. HW -44 (Pair Doors for Demo Room) Selected Manufacturer ACSI BB5002 x 1102 x 630 Schlage ND8ORD-EU-RX RHO 626 13-047 10-025 LCN 1461 -FC AL PA TBWMS Rockwood 409 US32D Rockwood K1050 US32D 10" x 2" LTDW Pemko 315CN Pemko S88D Pemko 151A Home Protector 595 x 626 Tice Industries #2331 US32D Each shall have: 6 Hinges 1 Office Lock 2 Flushbolts 1 Dustproof Strike 2 Wall Stops 2 Armor Plates 4 Silencers McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 Rockwood 555 US26D 12" Rockwood 570 US26D Rockwood 409 US32D Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW Ives SR64 HW -44 (Single Door for Demo Room) Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 3 Hinges McKinney TA2714 US26D NRP 1 Office Lock Schlage ND53RD RHO 626 13-047 10-025 1 Wall Stop Rockwood 409 US32D 1 Armor Plate Rockwood K1038 US32D 34" x 2" LTDW 3 Silencers Ives SR64 INTERIOR CHAIN-LINK GATES Each shall have: Selected Manufacturer 1 Padlock Schlage KS23FL2300 X 606 Shackle & 9" Chain 1 Cylinder Schlage 47-743 X 606 "CP" (Hardware set is for each gate.) OVERHEAD SERVICE DOORS • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or djack@eppape.com for ordering of coiling doors. • Operation Cycles: Not less than 20,000. • Overhead Door Corp. 625 Series "Stormtite" Insulated Service Door; flat profile Type F-2651, 24 -gage (except 22 -gage at Entrance and Exit coiling doors) galvanized steel slats on both sides in tan or gray color selected by Architect, 2 -Ib density foamed -in-place polyurethane insulation (R -value 7.7), endlocks, alternate slats, chain hoist, chain keeper and locks, weather-stripping, 3 -inch track, bottom bar, 24 -gauge galvanized round steel hood, capable of operating not less than 20,000 cycles. o Wind Load: 170 psf up to 10 -feet wide and 142 psf up to 14 -feet wide coiling doors at Main Entry/Exit; 20 psf or greater at other locations as required by jurisdiction. Modify manufacturer's standard door components as necessary to comply with high wind Toad requirements. • Where service door occurs in a fire -rated wall assembly, use Overhead Door Corp. FireKing 630 Series with a label indicating fire rating shown on Door Schedule, flat profile Type F-265, 22 -gage galvanized steel (door up to 14 -feet wide by 12 -feet high) on both sides in tan or gray color selected by Architect, endlocks, alternate slats, chain hoist, chain keeper, smoke gasket, 3 -inch track, bottom bar, 24 -gauge galvanized round steel hood, automatic -closing device with replaceable fusible Zink MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 37 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 165 -deg -F or at required temperature complying with NFPA 80, fail-safe time delay FS -B Fire 2 Sentinle, capable of operating not less than 20,000 cycles. All components shall be as tested as a 3 fire -rated service door assembly for fire rating indicated. 4 GLAZED ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORS AT ENCLOSED CANOPY AND TIRE INSTALL 5 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or 6 djack@eppape.com for ordering of sectional doors. 7 • Operation Cycles: Not less than 25,000. 8 • Overhead Door Corp. 521 Series, 1 3/4 -inch thickness, 0.050 -inch aluminum panels (bottom row only 9 at Enclosed Entry Canopy; top two rows and one bottom row at Tire Install); 6063-T6 aluminum, 10 chain hoist, weather-stripping, 3 -inch track; 1/8 -inch thick clear tempered glass, 204R1 clear 11 anodized finish, capable of operating not Tess than 25,000 cycles. 12 • Where required, modify manufacturer's standard door components as necessary to comply with high 13 wind load requirements. 14 ALUMINUM COILING SHUTTERS AT OUTDOOR SODA ALCOVE 15 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or 16 djack@eppape.com for ordering of coiling shutters. 17 • QMI, Model AL -7E, 6063-T5 aluminum curtain slats 2.4 inches high with standard paint color in tan or 18 gray color selected by Architect, tracks/guides with factory finish, color matching curtain slats. 19 Provide curtain having top five and bottom five visible slats in perforated Punch 51 pattern for airflow 20 and 8 -inch square box aluminum housing, for face -of -wall surface mounting. Include spring -assisted 21 manual push up/pull down operation and keyed locks at bottom slat. Cylinders to be provided by 22 hardware supplier. 23 ALUMINUM COILING SHUTTERS AT OUTDOOR FOOD SERVICE COUNTER 24 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or 25 djack@eppape.com for ordering of coiling shutters. 26 • QMI, Model AL -7E, 6063-T5 aluminum curtain slats 2.4 inches high with standard paint color in tan or 27 gray color selected by Architect, tracks/guides with factory finish, color matching curtain slats. 28 Provide solid (unpunched) curtain slats, including matching finger pull slat and 8 -inch square box 29 aluminum housing, for face -of -wall surface mounting. Include crank operation with removable crank 30 pole operator and keyed locks at bottom slat. Cylinders to be provided by hardware supplier. 31 ALUMINUM COILING SHUTTERS AT PHARMACY 32 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products {206) 394-3300 or 33 djack@eppape.com for ordering of coiling shutters. 34 • QMI, Model AL -7E, 6063-T5 aluminum curtain slats 2.4 inches high with standard paint color in white, 35 tracks/guides with factory finish, color matching curtain. Provide solid (unpunched) curtain slats with 36 non -slip hinge, with bottom slat having polypropylene felt or rubber gasket on underside and 8 -inch 37 square box aluminum housing, for face -of -wall surface mounting. Include UL -rated 110V electric 38 motor operator with maintained contact single switch operation. 39 COILING SECURITY GRILLE AT EXTERIOR ALUMINUM/GLASS ENTRANCE TO TIRE SALES OR 40 OPTICAL CENTER 41 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or 42 djack@eppape.com for ordering of coiling security grilles. 43 • Operation Cycles: Not Tess than 20,000. 44 • Overhead Door Corp. 670 Series, mill -finished aluminum curtain of 5/16 -inch horizontal rods, vertical 45 rods at 2 -inch centers, straight lattice pattern; tubular shaped bottom bar; 24 -gauge galvanized steel 46 hood; aluminum extruded guide tracks; adjustable helical torsion spring counterbalance, chain hoist, 47 chain keeper locking, capable of operating not Tess than 20,000 cycles. Padlock by hardware 48 supplier. Mount door to face of wall per Drawings. 49 FOLDING SECURITY GRILLE BETWEEN TIRE SALE AND MAIN SALES 50 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or 51 djack@eppape.com for ordering of folding security grilles. 52 • "System S-126 Open Brick Pattern" by MobilFlex; manual folding and stacking in storage pocket; 53 consisting of aluminum panels with vertical rods linked together in a brick pattern, lead post and 54 trailing post having keyed cylinder locks on both sides, intermediate post at maximum 10 -foot MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 38 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 intervals without drop bolts, overhead track, and full-size swing -out egress door with Aeroflex 2 perforated panel and keyed cylinder on Warehouse side and lever handle and exit label on Tire Sales 3 side; clear anodized aluminum finish. Provide Schlage 20-062 626 cylinders with the grille package. 4 ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS, WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES 5 • Storefront -- Kawneer "Trifab VG 450" 1 -3/4x4 -1/2 -inch, single glazed at interior ("Trifab VG 451T" 6 2x4 -1/2 -inch, thermal break, double -glazed at exterior); 6063-T5 aluminum, Class I clear anodized 7 finish, extruded EPDM rubber glazing gaskets. Equivalent product by CRL US Aluminum or 8 Oldcastle Building Envelope is acceptable. 9 • Exterior/Interior Entry Doors at Tire, Liquor and Optical — Kawneer "Series 350 Medium Stile", 1-3/4- 10 inch thick, 3 -1/2 -inch stiles & top rail, 10 -inch bottom rail; Class I clear anodized finish. Provide all 11 hardware, except cylinder, complete and operational. Hardware includes, but not limited to, top and 12 bottom offset pivot hinges, CP II push bars, CO -9 pulls, Norton 1601 BF (for doors up to 40" wide) or 13 Norton 1601 (for doors greater than 40" but up to 48" wide) closers single -acting with back -check, 14 Adams Rite MS -1850A deadlock on active leaf, Adams Rite 4015 (bottom)/4085 (top) bolt system on 15 active leaf, "Controller Locking System" bolt system on inactive leaf when applicable, Adams Rite MS 16 4043 Guard, aluminum threshold with dustproof strikes, and weatherstripping. Cylinder to be 17 supplied by hardware supplier. Equivalent product by CRL US Aluminum or Oldcastle Building 18 Envelope is acceptable. 19 SLIDING MANUAL DOORS AT INTERIOR OPTICAL RECEPTION 20 • Stanley Access Technologies is the pre -selected subcontractor to supply and install sliding manual 21 entrance doors. Contact Glenn Hood at ph: (860) 679-6406 or (800) 648-1401, press #2, email: 22 glenn.hood@sbdinc.com or Phil Harman at ph: (949) 750-4383, email: phil.harman@sbdinc.com. 23 • Stanley "Series 7000TL ICU/CCU Trackless Manual Sliding Door System" with one operable sliding 24 door and one sidelight, with full emergency breakaway capability for both panels; 10 -inch bottom rail; 25 1 -3/4x4 -1/2 -inch framing members; 1/4 -inch clear tempered glass; manually operated, overhead track 26 supported (no groove or track at floor), 1/2 x1 1/2- inch extruded aluminum glass guards at +10 & +36- 27 inches above floor on Warehouse side; Class II clear anodized finish; Adams Rite "Hookbolt 28 Deadlock Series MS 1850A-505, US28 Satin Aluminum faceplate", "4002 Armored Strike", and "Lock 29 Cylinder Guard". Provide interior thumb turn and Schlage 20-062 626 ICC exterior lock cylinder with 30 minimum 1 -inch long throw bolt. 31 SLIDING AUTOMATIC DOORS AT BUILDING MAIN ENTRANCE AND LIQUOR SALES ENTRANCE 32 • Stanley Access Technologies is the pre -selected subcontractor to supply and install sliding automatic 33 entrance doors. Contact Glenn Hood at ph: (860) 679-6406 or (800) 648-1401, press #2, email: 34 glenn.hood@sbdinc.com or Phil Harman at ph: (949) 750-4383, email: phil.harman@sbdinc.com. 35 • Stanley "Dura -Glide Series 2000" bi-parting, sliding, automatic entrance door assembly, with sidelites, 36 transom, break -away panels, header -mounted microwave or active infrared sensors, hold -open 37 beams and electrical interlocks; 1 -3/4 -inch thick glazed doors; 3 -1/2 -inch stiles and top rail, 10 -inch 38 bottom rail; 1 -3/4x4 -1/2 -inch framing and transom members; 5/8 -inch clear tempered insulating glass 39 unit at door, sidelites, and transom; clear anodic Class II aluminum finish. Provide interior thumb turn 40 and Schlage 20-062 626 ICC exterior lock cylinder with minimum 1 -inch long throw bolt. 41 • Provide weather-stripping and deadbolt operated by exterior cylinder and interior thumb -turn. 42 • Provide "Caution" and "Emergency Breakaway" signage. 43 • Adjust door controls, etc. and demonstrate operation to Owner. 44 • Warranty: 3 years (parts and labor). 45 • Maintenance Service: Beginning one month before the store is scheduled to open, provide quarterly 46 service for the 3 -year warranty period by skilled employees of automatic entrance door assembly 47 Installer. Submit completed quarterly inspection form to Warehouse Manager at 48 W(warehouse#)MGR@costco.com, General Contractor and Architect's Project Manager via e-mail. 49 FOOD SERVICE PASS-THROUGH WINDOWS 50 • Manufacturer: Nissen Co., ph: (626) 579-5666. 51 • Inside Food Service: Vertical sliding window; Series C. 52 • Outside Food Service: Horizontal sliding window; Series G (with screen). 53 • Outside Food Service: Vertical sliding window; Series CS (with screen). 54 • Include self-closing device on screen, as required. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 39 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXIC,O 1 PHARMACY PASS-THROUGH WINDOWS 2 • CONTACT: Contact Steven Perilli at (800) 423-6565 or sperilli@arcadiainc.com. 3 • Arcadia 5820/5920 Series non -thermal multi -sliding pass-through window; 4 -inch extruded aluminum 4 window frames, clear anodized Class II aluminum finish. Include Adams Rite MS+1850 locks, interior 5 thumb -turns, blank exterior; flush pulls interior only at +16 -inches above sill, and reducing gasket to 6 accommodate 1/4 -inch (6 mm) thick monolithic clear tempered glass. 7 • Window sizes shown on Drawings are stock sizes. Hold all finished dimensions. Four weeks lead 8 time will be required if finished dimensions are not held per Drawings. 9 SECURITY WINDOW & RECEIVER AT ANTE ROOM 10 • Bullet Resistant Fixed Window: Armotex, Model No. SSFW-51; UL ballistic rating Level -3, 16 gauge 11 stainless steel, No. 3 brushed finish. Provide UL listed ballistic rating level 3 clear laminated glass, 12 polycarbonate or glass -clad polycarbonate and Speaker, Model No. SSBRS-7, 7 inches in diameter. 13 • Bullet Resistant Package Receiver: Armotex, Model No. SSPR1414; UL ballistic rating Level -3, 14 exposed surfaces to be 12 -gage stainless steel, No. 3 brushed finish, to match window frame. Door 15 interlock; key locking vault side. Include all hardware. 16 SKYLIGHTS 17 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS: 18 • Skylights: Bristolite "Energy Star", Model No. 4896 ES -CM -2 -ESA -IR -HW -MF (wood roof) or 6072 19 ES -CMG -2 -ESA -IR -HW -MF (metal roof), dome skylight with 70% visible light transmission and .43 20 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, integral condensate gutter and burglar bar grid, painted white (if not 21 integral to roof curb). 22 • Smoke Venting Skylights, Model No. 4896 SVSA-CM-2-CC/WTH-MF (wood roof) or 6072 SVSA-CM- 23 2-CC/WTH-MF (metal roof), similar; FM approved and listed fusible link, 360 deg F, and 10 or 30 24 lbs/sf opening requirement, or as required by authority having jurisdiction, outside release handle. 25 • CONTACT: Paul Dudley (800) 854-8618. 26 GLASS AND GLAZING 27 • Glass at Interior Locations: 1/4 -inch clear polished both sides at interior locations. Provide tempered 28 glass and safety glazing labeling where required by code. 29 • Obscured Glass at Pharmacy Wing Walls: Pilkington "Contora," AGC Glass "Serenity" or Guardian 30 InGlass "Dew Textured Glass P516". 31 • Obscured Glass at Pharmacy Wing Walls (Minnesota State Only): 1-13/32 overall thickness; unit 32 consists of 1/4 -inch thick clear laminated glass, 1 -inch air space, and 5/32 thick obscured, patterned 33 glass (Pilkington "Contora," AGC Glass "Serenity" or Guardian InGlass "Dew Textured Glass P516"), 34 with STC Value of 42. 35 • Fire -Rated Glass (at Tire Sales if required): 3/16 -inch thick, 1 -hour fire rating, Technical Glass 36 Products "FireLite NT". 37 • Laminated Glass (at Tire Sales): 1/4 -inch thick overall, clear laminated glass with clear polyvinyl 38 butyral interlayer, meeting ASTM C 1172. Provide safety glazing labeling. 39 • Insulated Glass (at Automatic Sliding Doors): Overall 5/8 -inch thick unit, consisting of two layers of 40 1/8 -inch thick clear tempered glass separated by 3/8 -inch air space. Provide safety glazing labeling. 41 • Insulated Glass at Exterior Locations: Overall 1 -inch thick unit, consisting of two layers of 1/4 -inch 42 thick clear glass separated by 1/2 -inch air space. Provide tempered glass and safety glazing labeling 43 where required by code. 44 • Clear Laminated, Insulated Glass at Tire Sales (Exterior): Overall 1-1/16 inch thick unit consisting of 45 inner lite (1/4 -inch clear, tempered glass; 3/8 -inch air space; outer lite (3/16 -inch clear tempered glass 46 + 0.060 -inch clear PVB + 3/16 -inch clear tempered glass). Provide safety glazing labeling. 47 DIVISION 9 48 EXTERIOR PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) PATCHING AND REPAIR 49 • Stucco Materials: Type I or Type I / II Portland cement, 1/2 -long alkaline -resistant fibers, Type S lime, 50 washed natural or manufactured sand aggregates, and potable water. Factory -prepared Portland - 51 cement base -coat mix is acceptable. 52 • Finish Coat: Factory -mixed acrylic -emulsion coating systems. Include primers and sealing topcoats. 53 • Provide galvanized trim and accessories necessary for a complete installation. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 40 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • For masonry or concrete substrate, provide bonding compound. 2 • Stucco Mix over Masonry: Apply one base coat and one finish coat. 3 o Base Coat: Mix one part Portland cement and 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts 4 aggregate per part of cementitious material. For factory -prepared mix, follow manufacturer's 5 written instructions. 6 o Finish Coat: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. Match texture and color of adjacent 7 construction. Provide a smooth transition between existing and new finish. 8 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES & LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING 9 • Exterior Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing: G -P "Dens -Glass Sheathing" or USG "Securock Glass -Mat 10 Sheathing Panels" or CertainTeed "GlasRoc Sheathing"; 5/8 -inch thick, Type X with seaming tape; 11 use Dow 795 sealant at penetrations. 12 • Gypsum Fiber Panels behind Wall Tile in Restrooms; Stainless Steel in Food Areas; FRPP in Food 13 Areas, Soda Alcoves, and Janitor Areas: NO SUBSTITITIONS: USG "Fiberock Brand Aqua Tough 14 Interior Panels" without paper face, 5/8 -inch thick. 15 • Interior Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36, Type "X", 5/8 -inch thick, long edge tapered. Note: Use 16 behind FRPP in Sales accessible to shoppers. 17 • Interior Shaftwall Assemblies: Fire resistance rating as indicated on Drawings. Manufacturer's 18 standard shaftwall steel stud profiles and runner tracks, 20 gauge thick, 1 -inch thick Type X gypsum 19 shaftliner panels with paper faces, double beveled edges. Provide firestop at head of shaft wall and 20 penetrations to maintain continuity of fire resistance rating. 21 • Sheet Metal Security Barrier: Provide 14 -gage sheet metal on one side of the wall construction, as 22 shown. 23 o At Pharmacy Lab: Install sheet from ceiling finish to bottom of metal deck/joist around entire 24 perimeter of room. 25 o At Vault Room: Install sheet full height of wall to bottom of metal deck/joist around entire 26 perimeter of room. 27 • Interior Wall and Ceiling Framing: Unless design is shown on Structural Drawings, provide design to 28 withstand loads; allow for deflection. 20 gauge thick minimum for metal wall framing. Provide 29 blocking and bracing required to support fixtures, grab bars, handrails, etc.; provide double studs at 30 door jambs. 31 • Interior Wall and Ceiling Framing Materials (minimum sizes shown): 32 o T -Bar Ceiling Support Joist: 8x1 5/8 -inches x 16 -gage 33 o Rotisserie Ceiling Support Joist: 8x1 5/8 -inches x 16 -gage 34 o Gypsum Wallboard Ceiling Support: 8x1 5/8 -inches x 16 -gage 35 o Headers: (2) 12x2 -inches x 14 -gage 36 o Wall Studs: 3 5/8 -inch (6 -inch where noted) x 1 5/8 x 20 -gage, unless otherwise noted. 37 o Wall Top & Bottom Tracks: 3 5/8 -inch (6 -inch where noted) x 1 1/4 x 16 -gage 38 o Diagonal X -Bracing Straps: 3 -inch x 16 -gage in ceiling and walls 39 o Horizontal Wall Bracing Straps: 1 1/2 -inch x 20 -gage 40 o Screws — Metal to Metal: #8-18 x 1 -inch HWH #2 or PPH #2 41 o Screws — GWB to Metal: #10-24 x 1 1/2 -inch PWH #3 42 o Bottom Track Anchors: Hilti #DS37P10 (0.177 dia. X 1 1/2 -inch low velocity drive pins) 43 o Hold downs: Simpson S/LTT20 —'/2 -inch all treaded embedded into Hilti Hit HY-150 adhesive 44 o Metal Decking over Pharmacy & Vault: 1 1/2 -inch deep x 22 -gage Type B. Secure to framing with 45 1/2 -inch puddle welds at 24 -inch centers. Post "No Storage" metal sign atop decking. 46 o Header at Rotisserie: HSS 12x4x3/8-inches 47 o Header Post at Rotisserie: HSS 3 1/2x3 1/2x3/16 -inch 48 • Gypsum Board Finish Levels: 49 o Level 1 — on surfaces at concealed locations. 50 o Level 2 — on surfaces concealed behind tile, FRPP, DFRPP, and stainless steel panels. 51 o Level 3 — not used. 52 o Level 4 — on all surfaces except those listed as Level 1 or Level 2. 53 TILING IN RESTROOMS MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 41 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • For Existing Tile Work: Patch and repair tile to match existing adjacent tile and grout material, 2 color, and pattern. Apply grout sealer. 3 • For New Tile Work: Porcelain tile, nominal 12x12x5/16 inches; use Crossville "Cross -Colors Mingles 4 Series" in color A825 "Mercury", Cross -Sheen (unpolished). Provide all trim shapes required, 5 including interior and exterior corners and bullnose at edges. CONTACT: Crossville - Toni Hale, 6 (931) 456-3997, thale@crossvilleinc.com. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. 7 • Latex -Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): Mapei "Kerabond / Keralastic Premium Tile Mortar 8 System" or H.B. Fuller, TEC "Full Flex Latex Modified Thin Set Mortar". 9 • Sanded Grout: Mapei "Keracolor S" #27 Silver or TEC "AccuColor Premium Sanded Grout" #939 10 Mist; 1/8 -inch (3.2 mm) grout width. 11 • Grout Cleaner and Sealer: "Grout Deep Clean" and "Grout Sealer" by Aqua Mix. 12 • Edge Trim: Blanke "Edge Protector Trim", stainless steel, acid -resistant, J -profile, 1/25 -inch thick by 13 1 -inch high by thickness of tile. Install continuous edge protector trim at exposed edges at top and 14 bottom of tile work. 15 • Outside Corner: Install stainless steel corner guards. 16 TILE BASE (if required by Health Department) 17 • Tile: B&W Tile Mfg., Catalog Number S -3619T, glazed 6 -inch high coved base approved by Health 18 Dept. CONTACT: Gardena (310)538-9579 or Riverside (951)715-4620 or Lake Elsinore (951)245- 19 5500. 20 ACOUSTIC CEILING 21 • Suspension System: At non -fire -rated assembly, use Armstrong "Prelude XL 15/16 -inch Exposed 22 Tee System", USG "Donn DX Suspension System", or CertainTeed "15/16 -inch Classic Stab System. 23 At fire -rated assembly, use Armstrong "Prelude XL Fire Guard 15/16 -inch Exposed Tee System", 24 USG "Donn DXL Suspension System", or CertainTeed "15/16 -inch Protectone Classic Fire -Rated 25 (Type PCS) Stab System". Provide heavy-duty, double -web, 15/16 -inch wide; painted white system. 26 Provide seismic resisting components where required, including Armstrong "Seismic Joint Clip — Main 27 Beam (SJMR15)" and "Seismic Joint Clip — Cross Tee (SJCG)" at separation joints, and "Beam End 28 Retaining Clip (BERC2)" at unattached wall molding, or equivalent components by USG Interiors or 29 CertainTeed. Attach to structural members; do not attach to metal decking. 30 • Ceiling Board: 5/8x24x48-inches, non -directional, Class -A, square edge, white color. 31 o For standard lay -in acoustical ceiling board (AC -1), use Armstrong "Cortega Square Lay -in, 32 Medium Textured Panels" Item No. 769, USG "Fissured, Medium Textured Panels" Item No. 562, 33 or CertainTeed "Fine Fissured Trim Edge (Square) Item No. HHF-197. 34 o For moisture -resistant lay -in mineral fiber ceiling board (AC -2), use Armstrong "Clean Room VL, 35 Unperforated Panels" Item No. 870, USG "Clean Room ClimaPlus, Unperforated Panels" Item 36 No. 56091, or CertainTeed "VinylShield A, Unperforated" Item No. 1100 -CRF -1. 37 o For fire -rated lay -in acoustical ceiling board (AC -3), use Armstrong "Fire Guard Cortega Square 38 Lay -in, Medium Textured Panels" Item No. 823, USG "Firecode Fissured, Medium Textured 39 Panels" Item No. 586, or CertainTeed "Protectone Fine Fissured Trim Edge (Square) Item No. 40 PFF-197. 41 o For moisture -resistant lay -in gypsum ceiling board (AC -4), use USG "Sheetrock Lay -In Ceiling 42 Panel ClimaPlus" Item No. 3270, or CertainTeed "Vinylrock" Item No. 1140 -CRF -1. 43 RESILIENT FLOORING 44 • Sheet Vinyl with Integral Coved Base: Armstrong "Connection Conlon" 88703 Desert Sand color. 45 • Vinyl Composition Tile: Armstrong Standard "Excelon Imperial Texture", 1/8x12x12-inches; #51836 46 Shelter White color. Use No. 735 Underslung Reducer Strip (dry back), 1/8x1-5/8 inches, #901 Black 47 color at exposed edges of VCT. 48 • Static Dissipating Vinyl Composition Tile at EDP Room: Armstrong "Excelon SDT"; #51951 Armor 49 Gray color. Provide Armstrong S-202 Static Dissipative Tile Adhesive, Water -Based. Include 0.003- 50 inch thick copper grounding strips, with minimum 2 -foot length for every 1000 sq. ft. of tile installed 51 over concrete slab -on -grade and for every 500 sq. ft. of tile installed on suspended subfloors. Use 52 No. 735 Underslung Reducer Strip (dry back), 1/8x1-5/8 inches, #901 Black color at exposed edges 53 of VCT. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 42 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Solid Vinyl Tile (SVT) at Pharmacy Consultation Room: Owner will supply the following: Mannington 2 Commercial Luxury Vinyl Tile, 18x18x.10 inches, "Nature's Paths Rainfall" pattern and #12310 "Mist" 3 color; Mannington M -Guard V-88 for a pressure sensitive adhesive installation; and No. 735 4 Underslung Reducer Strip (dry back), 1/8x1-5/8 inches, 8 -feet long, #901 Black color. Contractor is 5 responsible for installation of SVT and reducer strip. 6 • Rubber Base: Roppe #05 "Corn Silk" or Flexco #191 "Camel" in Optical (with "Latte" color scheme); 7 Roppe #150 "Dark Gray" or Flexco #092 "Graystone" in Optical (with "Gray" color scheme); Roppe 8 #175 "Slate" or Flexco #036 "Gray" at all other locations; Type TS (rubber, vulvanized thermoset), 9 Group I (solid, homogenous), 1/8 -inch coved set -on type, job -formed corners, height as noted. 10 • Subfloor Leveler at Ramp at Hearing Center: Subfloor Leveler, No. 303, by Roppe, 1/2 x 18 x 48 11 inches, in quantity necessary to build up to ramp height indicated. Use urethane adhesive, ROP535U 12 by Roppe, for installation. Install Pemko 1951A, 1 -3/8 -inch wide x 1/2 -inch high, aluminum threshold 13 on both sides of door. 14 • Stair Tread, Riser, Stringer and Platform: Roppe or Flexco; Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset), 15 Class 2, raised -diamond pattern, Group 1 with embedded abrasive strips, square nosing adjustable to 16 cover angle, 1/4 -inch thick, in length and depth to fit each stair tread in one piece. Color to match 17 rubber base. 18 CARPET TILES AT HEARING CENTER 19 • OWNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS —CONTACT: Mannington Commercial, Rhonda Voyles (800) 241- 20 2262, Ext. 6322, rhonda_voyles@mannington.com for US locations; Melissa Interiano (800) 241- 21 2262, Ext. 6591, melissa_interiano@mannington.com for Mexico locations. 22 • Carpet Tile & Adhesive: "Means II -Modular Cushion" tiles; MT -711 adhesive. 23 • Contractor to provide leveling and patching compounds if necessary. 24 • Contractor to provide edge guards and carpet transition strips where floor material changes. Use 25 hard vinyl edge reducers by Roppe, Johnsonite, or Flexco, in color to be selected by Architect. 26 POLYMER FLOORING 27 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: HTI Polymer, Chris Campton (425) 487-8911. 28 • Material: By General Polymers. 29 • Existing Finishes: Where an existing floor finish (as described below) is scheduled to remain, patch, 30 repair, and install new materials to match existing adjacent floor finish. 31 o PF -1: TPM 115 U-1, Color "Custom Malt", medium texture (Bakery, Bakery Cooler, & Food 32 Service). 33 o PF -2: TPM 115 U-1, Color "Custom Malt", standard texture (Meat Prep & Deli). 34 o PF -4: Ceramic Carpet 400, Color "Custom Ash", medium texture (Restrooms). 35 o PF -5: TPM 115 U-4, Color Steel Gray, Texture 2 (Janitor, Demo Room) 36 o PF -6: TPM 115 U -HC, Color Steel Gray, Texture 2 (Battery Charger) 37 o PF -7: FasTop S with Epoxy Undercoat and Sealer Coat, Color "Custom Malt" (Meat Cooler, 38 Bakery Freezer and Dish Prep) 39 o PF -9: FasTop S with Novolac Sealer Coats, Color "Lapis Lustre" (Chicken Rotisserie and 40 Chicken Prep) 41 o PF -11: TPM 115 U-1, Color "Ash", medium texture (Soda Dispensers). 42 • New Finishes: Where an existing floor finish is scheduled to be removed and a new floor finish to be 43 installed, use the following flooring systems: 44 o PF -A: General Polymers FasTop Urethane Cement System (Freshline, Food Service) with GP 45 FasTop 12 SL Urethane Cement slurry, 3/16 -inch thick (GP FasTop 12 S Urethane Cement 46 slurry, 1/4 -inch thick, at existing). Colors — White and Black spatter applied with a sprayer 47 apparatus throughout except as noted. (Note: Omit black and white spatter under equipment and 48 shelving where required by authority having jurisdiction). Joint Filler — Metzger McGuire "Spal- 49 Pro RS 88"; "Gray" joint color. 50 o PF -B: General Polymers FasTop MVT Decorative Flake System (Restrooms and Soda 51 Dispensers), 3/16 -inch total thickness. Custom Color — "Ash". Cove Base — General Polymers 52 4844 Clear Pace Coat. Joint Filler — Metzger McGuire "Spat -Pro RS 88"; Color - "Standard Gray". MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 43 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o PF -C: General Polymers FasTop 12S U-4 (Demo Room, Compactor Door Area, Scrubber Pit 2 and Janitor) (First Aid Room and Oil Storage in Canada). Color — "Steel Gray". Joint Filler — 3 Metzger McGuire "Spat -Pro RS 88"; Color - "Standard Gray". 4 • At areas requiring polymer flooring finish except Restrooms: All floor drains, sinks, or utility boxes 5 shall be placed so that the top finished elevation of the fixture is set 1/4 inch (6 mm) above the 6 finished elevation of the concrete slab. 7 • At areas in Restrooms requiring polymer flooring finish: All floor drains, sinks, or utility boxes shall be 8 placed so that the top finished elevation of the fixture is set 1/8 inch (3 mm) above the finished 9 elevation of the concrete slab. 10 • Where polymer flooring is installed on suspended floor slab with occupied space below, provide 11 waterproofing membrane as part of the polymer flooring system. 12 • HTI Polymer will be responsible for chasing and providing a smooth transition of the polymer floor to 13 the fixtures. General Contractor is responsible for proper drainage, overall. 14 • General Contractor shall provide 3 phase 480 volt 50 amp power at the jobsite and not further than 10 15 feet from installation area. 16 STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS 17 • Panels: 20 -gage, Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish (No. 2B at concealed surfaces); provide 18 corner, center and end slip joints, cleats and moldings. Use stainless steel screws or nails. 19 • Adhesive and Sealant: Use single -component, non -sag, neutral -curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 20 920; type S, grade NS, class 25, use N; mold -and -mildew resistant, certified for food contact; in gray 21 color. 22 SOUND CURTAIN 23 • E.J. Davis "Sound Absorption Baffles", 2 inches thick, with grommet inserts along top edges. 24 PAINTING 25 • Sherwin-Williams or PPG Architectural Finishes; provide block fillers, primers and finish -coat 26 materials from same paint manufacturer. Prep surfaces; apply minimum 2 finish coats for complete 27 coverage to achieve a uniform painted appearance, smooth and free from runs, sags, skips and 28 defective brushing. 29 • Use primer and finish coats from same manufacturer. 30 • No copper surfaces or unpainted pipe or steel shall be left in contact with or exposed to weather 31 above galvalume roof panels. 32 • Touch-up and restore finish where damaged or defaced, and leave in first-class condition. 33 • Interior Paint Materials: Includes paint on steel doors and frames including inside faces of egress 34 doors and frames, stairs, railings, gypsum wallboard, mechanical and electrical components, 35 columns, beams, joist, fasteners, anchors, miscellaneous steel and where indicated. 36 o Primer for Concrete Masonry Units: Sherwin Williams Heavy Duty Block Filler B42W46 or PPG 37 6-15 Speedhide Interior/Exterior Masonry Hi Fill Latex Block Filler. 38 o Primer for Un -galvanized and Galvanized Steel: Sherwin Williams Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl 39 Universal Water Based Primer B66-310 Series or PPG 90-912 Pitt Tech Plus DTM Acrylic Primer. 40 o Primer for Gypsum Wallboard: Sherwin Williams ProMar 400 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer 41 B28W04600 or PPG 6-2 Speedhide Interior Latex Primer. 42 o Two Finish Coats: Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex Enamel B31-2600 (semi -gloss) 43 B20-2600 (eg-shel) or PPG Speedhide Interior Zero VOC Latex 6-4510 (semi -gloss) and 6-4310 44 (eggshell). Match existing sheen finish on adjacent finished surfaces. For new surfaces, provide 45 eggshell finish on gypsum wallboard and semi -gloss finish on all other surfaces. 46 o Woodwork, Cart Rails, and Wood Trim (Two Coats): Sherwin Williams Minwax Polycrylic Finish 47 or PPG DFT257 Interior Water Based Polyurethane Clear, Gloss. Sand between coats. 48 o For Exposed Plywood Protective Sheets in Tire Center: One primer coat of Sherwin Williams 49 Premium Wall & Wood Interior Latex Primer B28W08111 or PPG 17-921 Seal Grip Acrylic Latex 50 Interior/Exterior Primer Sealer AND two finish coats of Sherwin Williams Sher-Cryl HPA High 51 Performance Acrylic B66 Series or PPG 90-1310 Series Pitt -Tech Plus Gloss Acrylic Enamel. 52 o For Exposed Roof/Ceiling Wood Structure: One primer coat of Sherwin Williams PrepRite 53 ProBlock Interior/Exterior Latex Primer Sealer B51 Series or PPG 17-921 Seal Grip 54 Interior/Exterior Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer AND two finish coats of Sherwin Williams MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 44 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall B42W1 or 6-725X1 Speedhide SuperTech Dry -Fog Spray Paint Flat 2 Latex. 3 o For Exposed Wood Trim (Painted): One primer coat of Sherwin Williams PrepRite ProBlock 4 Interior/Exterior Latex Primer Sealer B51 Series or PPG 17-921 Seal Grip Interior/Exterior Acrylic 5 Universal Primer/Sealer AND two finish coats of Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex 6 Enamel B31-2600 (semi -gloss) or PPG Speedhide Interior Zero VOC Latex 6-500 (semi -gloss). 7 Match sheen finish on adjacent finished surfaces. 8 • Exterior Paint Materials: Includes paint on steel doors and frames, stairs, railings, ladders, sprinkler 9 pipes, other piping, tubing, scuppers, underside of deck, steel architectural features including 10 canopies and trellises, steel surfaces in the Entry Canopy and Receiving Canopy, miscellaneous 11 steel, and other exposed and unfinished steel surfaces. Do not paint conduits or sprinkler heads. 12 o Primer for Un -galvanized and Galvanized Steel: Sherwin Williams ProCryl Universal Water - 13 Based Primer B66-310 or PPG 90-712 Pitt Tech Plus DTM Acrylic Primer. This field -applied 14 primer coat is required, whether or not steel has been shop primed. Clean and spot -prime field 15 welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and then apply primer to entire structure. Test to 16 determine proper bond and adhesion to substrate prior to applying primer and finish coat. 17 o Primer for Prefinished Metal Panels and PVC Piping: Sherwin Williams DTM Bonding Primer 18 B66A50 or 17-921 Seal Grip Acrylic Primer. 19 o Primer for Copper Piping and Tubing: Sherwin Williams DTM Wash Primer B71Y1 or PPG 90- 20 712 Pitt Tech Plus DTM Acrylic Primer. 21 o Two Finish Coats: Sherwin Williams Sher-Cryl High Performance Acrylic B66-300 or PPG 90- 22 1310 Series Pitt -Tech Plus Gloss Acrylic Enamel. 23 o Colors: Sherwin Williams SW 6252 "Ice Cube" for all exposed areas of underside of Entry 24 Canopy and Receiving Canopy; "Safety Yellow" for gas piping above roof; and match color of 25 galvalume-coated roof panel for all other piping, tubing and conduit above roof. 26 • Interior Colors: In general, match existing. Where not adjoining existing colors, provide: 27 o General wallboard: Semi -Gloss; match SW 7003 "Toque White" unless otherwise noted on 28 Drawings. 29 o Inside Optical Reception/Exam: Semi -Gloss; match SW 6107 "Nomadic Desert" 30 o Galvanized/Un-galvanized Steel Metal: Semi -Gloss; match SW 7030 "Anew Gray". 31 o Plywood in Tire Center: Semi -Gloss; Colors: Black in Tire Install, White in Tire Sales. 32 DIVISION 10 33 INTERIOR SIGNAGE 34 • Use Kroy "Criterion" Series or Best "HC300" Series. 35 • Restroom Signs: Comply with ADA (Title 24 Accessibility in California), size and text as indicated on 36 Drawings (Men 12 -inch triangular, Women 12 -inch diameter circular, and Unisex or Family 12 -inch 37 diameter circular with inset triangle signs, in California), rigid plastic square edge panel with 0.50 -inch 38 radius corner frames, with background in blue color per FS 595B No. 15090 and white tactile letters, 39 Braille text raised 1/32 inch (0.8 mm), graphics and symbols (including International Symbol of 40 Accessibility). Securely attach to wall using mounting tape, mechanical fasteners or brackets (match 41 existing). 42 • Room Identification Signs: Use nominal 8 inches (200 mm) wide, 4 or 8 inches (100 or 200 mm) 43 high, (height appropriate for the sign content) signs with raised white tactile text, Braille, and blue field 44 color matching Federal Standard 595B, Color No. 15090. Furnish signs with text for the identified 45 rooms or locations, with text heights appropriate for the sign width. Provide room names and 46 locations as scheduled on drawings or as required by local jurisdiction. 47 • Main Building Entrance: Provide one sign mounted adjacent to main entry at a height approved by 48 the jurisdiction having authority. Include International Symbol of Accessibility graphic symbol. 49 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 50 • Compartments: Accurate Partitions, Global Partitions or Metpar, floor anchored, overhead -braced 51 compartments; Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 satin finish. 1 -inch x 22 -gage doors and partition 52 panels; 1 1,4 -inch pilasters. Chrome -plated die cast Zamac exposed door hardware; include coat hook 53 & rubber bumper, stop, keeper, and concealed latch on door. ADA compliant self-closing doors with 54 door -pull for out -swinging door. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 45 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Urinal Screen Brackets: Two standard plus Jacknob "Wing Bracket #2700" at top and bottom of urinal 2 screen. 3 TOILET ACCESSORIES 4 • Accessories: Bobrick; ADA compliant, stainless steel finish. Provide feminine napkin/tampon 5 dispensers (B-3706 Series for 250 single -coin operation), napkin disposal (B-270), seat cover 6 dispensers (B-221), roll tissue dispensers (B-2740), soap dispensers (B-822) at trough sinks in 7 Women's and Men's Restrooms, soap dispensers (B-4112) at other locations, mirrors (B-165 Series 8 at single lavatory or B-290 at main Restrooms), grab bars (B-6806 Series), paper towel dispensers 9 (B-262 if not supplied by Owner), 4"x18" shelf (Gamco MS -18), and coat hook (B-233). 10 • Purse Shelf and Hooks (SOIC): Install in Women's Restroom. 11 • Hand Dryers (SOIC): Dyson Airblade AB -14 Hand Dryer, gray color. 12 • Diaper Changing Station: Gray -colored, surface -mounted horizontal unit, use Safe -Strap "Diaper 13 Depot Horizontal Diaper Changing Station" or Koala Kare "Koala Horizontal Baby Changing Station, 14 Model No. KB200-01". Install one in each Family Restroom. 15 • Verify blocking is in place to support accessories. 16 WALL PROTECTION 17 • Stainless Steel Corner Guards: IPC Inpro, Pawling or StainlessDrains.com; Type 304 stainless steel, 18 16 -gage; #4 finish; 3 -1/2x3 -1/2 -inch wings for single L -bends or U -guards, field applied adhesive. 19 • Cart Rails: 6/4x8 (1-1/2x7 14 -inches actual) Douglas Fir or Larch, "C -Select" (Choice —IWP) grade per 20 Western Lumber Grading Rules; boards almost completely clear of defects. Miter cut splices and 21 corners. 22 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES 23 • Access Door: Karp or Milcor; 14 -gage flush steel doors with concealed spring hinges in 16 -gage 24 angle frame; factory -applied prime paint. Photo Center: Provide Karp, Model DSC214M, flush access 25 panel with paddle handle. 26 BIRD CONTROL DEVICES 27 • Use "3/4 -inch Mesh, Heavy Duty 12/6 Bird Net 200" by Bird -B -Gone or "7/8 -inch Mesh, PermaNet 28 System" by Birdmaster or "3/4 -inch Mesh, FlyBye Polyethylene Bird Netting" by FlyBye Bird Control 29 Products. Select netting color to be nearly invisible to a ground -level observer. Use stainless steel 30 hardware and cable framework. Provide accessible panels for ease of maintenance of fixtures and 31 equipment above netting. 32 DIVISION 11 33 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT 34 • CONTACT: 4Front Engineered Solutions, Brett Walford, (972) 236-2467 or (214) 243-9158, 35 brett.walford@entrematic.com. 36 • Mechanical Dock Leveler: Model WS8740, 40,000 lbs capacity, 8 -feet (2.44 mm) long x 7 -feet (2.13 37 mm) wide (14 -inch (356 mm) longer with lip extended), operating range 12 inches above and 12 38 inches below dock range, leveler operated by pulling release ring at rear of ramp, weather -seal at 39 sides. Color: Gray. 40 • Foam Pad Dock Seal: Serco Model S-2000 "Ultra Seal", 22 oz black vinyl fabric with black XL -100 4- 41 inch exposure wear pleats, having 12 -inch projection bottom and 10 -inch projection top. 42 • Steel -Faced Laminated Dock Bumpers: 20 inches high x11 inches wide x 6 inches thick. 43 • Loading Dock Light: Model DSDL-40P, 40 inches, with electrical interconnection, 100 -watt PAR -38 44 bulb in each dock light and one spare. 45 • Vehicle Restraints: Model SL60 "Pit Bull" with exterior controls. 46 DIVISION 12 47 SITE FURNISHINGS 48 • Bike Racks: Dero Bike Rack Co. "Rolling Bike Racks RR Series" or SCH Enterprises, LLC 49 "Thunderbolt TB Series", hot -dip galvanized steel, surface mounting, in quantity shown on drawings. 50 DIVISION 21 51 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER GENERAL 52 • Fire Sprinkler System shall be Contractor designed and provided system. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 46 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Work includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, testing, 2 permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the sprinkler system. 3 • All work to comply with NFPA 13 and applicable codes/standards. 4 • Include corrosion protection when required by local jurisdiction. 5 • Installation of sprinkler system shall be by a licensed and certified sprinkler and/or fire protection 6 contractor with a minimum of five years experience installing sprinkler systems. 7 SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 8 Design densities, area of coverage, sprinkler temperature, finish, etc. are to meet the following Owner's 9 criteria — no substitutions. 10 • Warehouse Areas: 0.60/2000, 196 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/400 GPM inside/outside hose 11 provision; per NFPA 13, Class -IV Commodity on double -row racks (no solid shelves); 8 -foot minimum 12 aisles; 20'-0" high, non -encapsulated. 13 • Office/Pharmacy/Optical/Restrooms: 0.20/1500, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM 14 inside/outside hose provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. 15 • Meat/Bakery/Fresh Line: 0.20/1500, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM inside/outside hose 16 provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. 17 • Freezers/Coolers with Low Racks: 0.20/1500, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM 18 inside/outside hose provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. 19 • Produce/Dairy Coolers with High Racks: 0.385/2000, 100 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/400 GPM 20 inside/outside hose provision. Per NFPA 13, Class 1-11 Commodity on single -row racks (no solid 21 shelves); 4 -foot minimum aisles; 20'-0" high, non -encapsulated 22 • Freezers/Coolers with High Racks: 0.43/2000, 100 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/400 GPM 23 inside/outside hose provision. Per NFPA 13, Class III Commodity on single -row racks (no solid 24 shelves); 4 -foot minimum aisles; 20'-0" high, non -encapsulated. 25 • Canopy Dry System: 0.20/1950, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM inside/outside hose 26 provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. 27 • Tire Sales: 0.30/2500, 100 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/650 GPM inside/outside hose provision. 28 Tire storage per NFPA 13. 29 • Tire Installation: 0.20/1500, 130 sq. ft. maximum spacing; 100/150 GPM inside/outside hose 30 provision. Ordinary Group II per NFPA 13. 31 SPRINKLER SUBMITTALS 32 • Provide complete coordinated shop drawings; per NFPA 13, Section 22.1 'Working Plans". 33 • Provide hydraulic calculations for all areas of protection. 34 • Make complete submittals only — no partial submittals. 35 • Submit shop drawings and calculations to Architect for preliminary review. Upon completion of review 36 by Architect, submit shop drawings and calculations to Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. 37 Submit revised drawings and calculations for review and approval as required by changes in the 38 contract documents during construction. 39 • Gain all approvals prior to fabrication and installation. 40 • Provide all welding stamps, certificates or other documentation as required for local authority 41 approval. 42 • Deliver two -sets of "As -Built" sprinkler shop drawings and all Certificates of Inspection to the Architect 43 upon completion of punch list items and prior to final acceptance. 44 • Upon approval and acceptance of the system, provide three copies of operating instructions, 45 approved shop drawings, maintenance manual, copy of NFPA 25, a spare parts list and a list of 46 phone numbers for emergency repair personnel. 47 SPRINKLER MATERIALS 48 • All materials to comply with applicable codes/standards and be U.L. listed and/or Factory Mutual 49 approved. 50 • Piping: 51 o All piping is to be new black steel, prepared for painting; approved for 175 psi; conforming to 52 ASTM A135 and A795; FM approved. 53 o Piping and fittings to be US manufactured or approved equal. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 47 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO o Piping 4 -inch or larger to be Schedule -10 with a CRR value of 1.0 or greater. All other pipes are to be Schedule -40 with a CRR value of 1.0 or greater. Couplings, fittings, and other wet components to have a CRR value of 1.0 or greater. o Piping 3' -inches and larger to be roll -groove installation; other size pipes to be threaded or roll - groove installation. o Piping to be capped and fully protected from exposure to environment to prevent rust during transit and storage on-site. o Rusted, dented, or otherwise damaged piping will not be acceptable. o Crimp -type installations are NOT PERMITTED. 10 • Sprinklers: 11 o Extended Coverage sprinklers or Flexible sprinkler drop fittings are not approved, unless noted 12 otherwise on the Contract Documents. NO EXCEPTIONS. 13 o Quick Response (QR) sprinklers are acceptable for use at non -storage areas only. Quick 14 Response (QR) sprinklers shall not be installed at areas considered "storage". No reduction for 15 the area of coverage will be allowable per Owner's requirements. 16 • In areas vulnerable to corrosion, including but not limited to the meat prep, rotisserie, bakery, food 17 service, receiving desk, open canopies, demonstration storage area, tire installation, restrooms, and 18 janitorial areas Viking VK302 5.6K pendent P/N 21883JNB, 21883JNE, or 21883JNG (special 19 purchase for Costco projects only) corrosion -resistant ENT Finish on both sprinklers and escutcheons 20 Viking Model "E-1" Recessed Escutcheon P/N 21884JN (special purchase for Costco projects only) 21 shall be used (no substitutions accepted). 22 • Overhead System: K25.2 Tyco EC -25 or Viking VK595 brass upright extended coverage, standard 23 response sprinklers. 24 • Freezer/Cooler Sprinklers: NO SUBSTITUTIONS -- Dry Pendent Sprinklers 25 o Low Stock/Rack— Victaulic (K5.6 Model V3301, standard coverage, quick response dry pendent 26 sprinkler with V33 cover plate or Viking K5.6 Model VK482 recessed concealed (flush), standard 27 coverage, quick response with 2 -piece adjustable escutcheon. Viking VK482 K5.6 dry -pendant 28 sprinklers and escutcheons shall have factory -applied white polyester finish. Minimum 29 temperature rating of 200° F/205° F (due to de -frost mode). 30 o High Stock/Rack -- Viking K11.2 Model VK545 adjustable recessed, standard coverage, standard 31 response with 2 -piece recessed adjustable escutcheon. Minimum temperature rating of 200° F 32 (due to de -frost mode). 33 • Viking VK545 K11.2 dry pendent sprinklers, standard pendent sprinklers and associated recessed 34 escutcheons shall have factory applied Electroless Nickel Teflon (ENT) finish. Viking VK482 K5.6 dry 35 pendent sprinklers and escutcheons shall have factory applied White -Polyester finish. Special 36 Purchase number PN# 20783JNE12 shall be used by awarded sprinkler contractor for purchasing 37 K11.2 dry pendent sprinklers and PN# 18385MEW12 for purchasing K5.6 dry pendent sprinklers for 38 Costco Projects Only. 39 • Victaulic V2708 standard coverage, quick response pendent sprinklers with VC -250 finish and 40 supplied with stainless steel V27 flush style escutcheons or Viking VK302 standard coverage, quick 41 response pendent sprinkler (P/N 21883JNB, 21883JNE, or 21883JNG — special purchase for Costco 42 projects only) with Model E-1 ENT coated stainless steel escutcheons (P/N 21884JN — special 43 purchase for Costco projects only) shall be utilized at meat prep, deli/dish prep and rotisserie prep 44 areas (for corrosion resistance due to area wash -down). No substitutions accepted. Extended 45 escutcheons are prohibited in the areas indicated per owner requirements. 46 • Concealed type sprinklers shall be utilized at hearing booth(s). Contractor shall utilize the 47 manufactures pre -drilled hole. Sprinkler piping shall not be attached to the hearing booth(s) in any 48 way. Contractor shall utilize stainless steel flexible sprinkler drop fitting to the sprinkler in the hearing 49 booth(s). Contractor shall verify quantity of hearing booth(s), prior to purchase. 50 • Flexible sprinkler drop fitting shall be installed per manufacturer's data sheet and shall be UL listed 51 and/or FM approved sprinkler services to 175 -psi minimum pressure rating. Assembly shall be leak 52 tested and include steel nipple, brass slip nuts, minimum 1 -in (nominal) diameter braided stainless 53 steel hose, steel pipe reducer fitting and galvanized ceiling mounted bracket. The open -gate bracket 54 shall allow installation before the ceiling is in place. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 48 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o Victaulic VicFlex, model AH2/AB4 (or approved equal, through the RFI process) with V3802 2 standard coverage, quick response concealed pendent sprinkler supplied with V38 cover plate is 3 acceptable for use with no additional cost to the owner. 4 o Flexible Stainless Steel Sprinkler Drop System with captured coupling Style 108 may be used. 5 Victaulic FireLock IGS Groove Style 108 coupling for connection to branch -line piping. The drop 6 shall include a UL approved Series AH1 with 3" bend radius; AH2 or AH2-CC braided hose with a 7 bend radius to 2" to allow for proper installation in confined spaces. 8 • All new sprinklers, other than EC -25 type, shall be glass bulb style. 9 • Sprinklers and escutcheons shall match the ceiling color on which they're installed upon unless 10 indicated otherwise. Contractor shall coordinate with the architectural finish schedule and 11 provide/install as required. 12 • Extended escutcheons are not permitted for use except where noted. Extended escutcheons are not 13 permitted for use with dry pendent sprinklers per owner requirements. 14 • Hangers. Seismic Bracing and Thrust Bracing: Comply with NFPA 13. Provide thrust bracing at the 15 top of all risers and changes in direction of dry main piping to prevent movement of piping during 16 system energize. 17 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION 18 • Coordinate piping locations with other trades; branch -line piping to run within the framing above 19 bottom chord of trusses (tight to roof deck). Run mains tight to beams and with the roof slope. 20 Provide auxiliary drains as required. 21 • Do NOT hang or support any loads from the metal roof deck or joist bridging. 22 • Do NOT cut or punch openings in any structural member. 23 • Provide all necessary piping supports, hangers, attachment and seismic bracing; comply NFPA 13 or 24 local build code if more stringent. 25 • Secure hangers and supporting steel to the top chord of steel joist/girder using beam clamps. Attach 26 within 6 -inches of joist/girder panel points. 27 • Maximum distance between supports is 8 -feet where sprinkler lines run parallel to joist and 10 -feet 28 perpendicular to joist. 29 • Position sprinklers deflectors with relation to obstructions and ceilings per NFPA 13. Provide 30 standard sprinklers in upright position to protect from forklift damage. Install roof sprinkler deflectors 31 a minimum of 48 -inches above projected height of storage for the use of the EC -25 sprinklers; other 32 sprinkler deflectors to be a minimum of 18 -inches above projected height of storage. 33 • Symmetrically space sprinkler heads in finished ceilings; heads located in ceiling tile shall be "quarter - 34 pointed", (+/-) 2 -inches. 35 • Fill system with water/air in manner to minimize horizontal thrust or undue lateral Toads. 36 • Pitch all dry piping to a low point drain located within interior of building. 37 • Provide sprinkler protection at Electrical Rooms per local jurisdiction. No main piping permitted in 38 Electrical Room/Piatform; no sprinkler piping above panel boards; provide shielding of electrical 39 equipment. 40 • If none currently exist, provide pressure relief valves on each modified sprinkler system. 41 • Install horizontal piping prior to painting. 42 • Penetrations of rated assemblies shall be fire -stopped with approved materials. 43 • Provide appropriate signage at all control and drain valve locations. 44 • Prepare piping for painting contractor; remove labels, stickers, tags, tape, oil residuals and grease. 45 Install protective plastic bags on sprinkler heads where painting may occur. 46 • Replace painted sprinklers at no additional cost to the Owner; cleaning of sprinkler heads to remove 47 paint is not acceptable. 48 • Provide flushing and drainage as required by NFPA 13; flush to sanitary sewer. 49 • Leave entire sprinkler system clean in every respect at conclusion of work. 50 ROTISSERIE/FOOD SERVICE HOOD SYSTEM 51 • Hood Supplied by Owner: Provide and coordinate all connecting services with hood requirements. 52 o Confirm order delivery time with Owner. 53 o IMPORTANT:: Verify hood size prior to start of framing. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 49 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • 1 r PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Contractor to provide completed system to comply NFS, NFPA 17A & 96, UUULC 710 & 300; pre - 2 engineered, wet cartridge operated, fixed nozzle, piped system; manual reset. Interlocks/valves for 3 automatic power/fuel shut-off of protected appliances; fan shut -down of make-up air unit (if 4 manufacturer requires). 5 • Obtain all jurisdictional approvals; provide all necessary documents. 6 • Ansul hood fire suppression system installed by approved Ansul Subcontractor; capable of sending 7 an alarm to monitoring system. 8 • All piping shall be Schedule 40 threaded malleable iron, black pipe, or stainless steel. No cast iron 9 pipe, tubing, or flexible hose connections are permitted in the discharge piping except as required: 10 o Ansul's Agent Distribution Hose and Restraining Cable Kit Part no 435982 is to be used between 11 the food service area conveyor pizza oven and wall when pizza oven appliance protection is 12 provided. 13 • Provide hinged rooftop -mounted up -blast type exhaust fan complete with grease trough; set on 14 vented roof curb. 15 • Provide rooftop -mounted make-up air unit; make-up air = 80% from unit, 20% from warehouse, if 16 Rotisserie is enclosed. 17 • Exhaust ducts to be 16 -gage black steel; joints and seams welded (by Mechanical Contractor). Run 18 ducts straight between hood and roof; no offsets. 19 • Wrap ducts with 3M "Fire Barrier" 1 -hour duct wrap insulation; UL#YYET-R14229. 20 DIVISION 22 21 PLUMBING WORK -- GENERAL 22 • Plumbing Work shall be Contractor designed and provided systems. 23 • Work includes plumbing, piping, and insulation of Plumbing Work. All systems shall be fully adjusted 24 and ready to use. 25 • Work also includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, 26 testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the plumbing 27 systems. 28 • Contact and coordinate all utility companies as required to perform the work. 29 • Rough -in and connect all equipment furnished by the Owner, Contractor, Vendors or Electrical 30 Contractor. 31 • Provide all necessary controls and control wiring to make each system complete and operable. 32 • All work to comply with applicable codes/standards. 33 • All fasteners, clamps, etc. shall be of non -corrosive material as approved by the roof manufacturer. 34 To maintain roofing warranty, submit roof penetration method/materials to roofing manufacturer for 35 approval. 36 PLUMBING BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 37 • Provide vibration isolation mountings and seismic restraints. 38 • Secure all equipment to the building structure; comply all applicable codes. 39 • Provide pipe thermometers and pressure gages as required. 40 • Provide rain -hoods, access doors/panels, drain pans, equipment guards and drip shields above 41 electrical equipment. 42 • Labeling: Identify piping with color code and stencil; comply W. H. Brady Co. B-946 or equal. 43 • Provide valve tags and name tags for all equipment. 44 • Sleeves: Where piping passes through floors/walls, provide Schedule 40 pipe sleeves; extend sleeve 45 full thickness of floor/wall and project 1 -inch above floor; allow' -inch radial clearance beyond 46 pipe/insulation. Seal space between pipe and sleeve with sealant (fire -rated sealant at rated -walls); 47 provide compression seal where pipes pass through walls below grade. 48 PLUMBING INSULATION 49 • Piping Insulation: Fiberglass, phenolic foam or closed cell elastomeric as appropriate; insulate 50 condensate drain lines, domestic hot and cold water, piping to roof drains, hot water supply and 51 circulating piping. Continue insulation through wall/ceiling/sleeve; insulate on all cold surfaces where 52 vapor barrier jackets are used for a continuous, unbroken vapor seal. Adequately insulate and vapor 53 seal all hangers, supports, anchors, etc. that are secured to cold surfaces to prevent condensation. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 50 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 SOIL, WASTE AND DRAINAGE 2 • General: Verify all invert -elevation connection points prior to starting Work. 3 • Soil Pipe at Grease Waste Lines: 4 o 2 -inch and Smaller Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel (CPVC — 200°F. if approved 5 by local code). 6 o 2' -inches and Larger Above Ground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve 7 gasket/stainless steel shield and bands (CPVC — 200° F. if approved by local code). 8 o Underground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless steel shield 9 and bands (CPVC — 200° F. if approved by local code). 10 • Soil Pipe at Non -Grease Waste Lines (Restrooms and Condensate Lines): 11 o 2 -inch and Smaller Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel (PVC or ABS if approved by 12 local code). 13 o 2'/ -inches and Larger Above Ground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve 14 gasket/stainless steel shield and bands (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). 15 o Underground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless steel shield 16 and bands (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). 17 • Soil Pipe at Photo Lab and Soda Alcove: PVC for above and below grade; all sizes. 18 • Vent Piping: 19 o 1 1 -inches and Smaller Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel (PVC or ABS if 20 approved by local code). 21 o 2 -inches and Larger Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel; Standard hubless cast 22 iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless steel shield and bands (PVC or ABS if approved 23 by local code). 24 o Underground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket/stainless cast iron 25 mechanical coupling (PVC or ABS if approved by local code). 26 • Indirect Waste Piping: Galvanized steel pipe, copper or plastic. 27 • Roof Drain Piping: Schedule 40 black steel, welded or grooved end fittings; standard weight hubless 28 cast iron pipe with neoprene sleeve gasket and stainless steel shield and bands (PVC or ABS if 29 approved by local code). Insulate pipes. 30 • Condensate Drain Piping: Galvanized steel pipe, copper or plastic. For buildings with metal roof 31 system, use ABS or PVC only. All exterior PVC to be Schedule 80. 32 • Piping Installation: Install promptly; cap or plug open ends. Provide uniform pitch of at least 1/4 -inch 33 per foot (unless noted otherwise) for horizontal waste and soil piping with the building; pitch vents for 34 proper drainage. Do not cut structural members. Provide polyethylene encasement when corrosive 35 soil conditions exist. 36 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 37 • Domestic Water Piping Copper; Type -L above grade, Type -K below grade. Spirally wrap 38 underground copper with 3M bitumastic tape. 39 • No underground water piping inside building downstream of water header; use overhead piping only. 40 • Valves: Provide sectional valves on each branch and riser; shutoff valves on inlet of each plumbing 41 equipment/fixture; drain valve on each plumbing equipment item to drain equipment for service or 42 repair; check valves on discharge side of each pump. 43 • Provide hangers, supports and anchors. 44 • Locate piping runs vertically and horizontally to building walls/ceiling (pitched to drain); avoid diagonal 45 runs. Install with minimum joints; align accurately at connections. 46 • Water heaters to have sheet metal pan; drain to an indirect drain. 47 • Clean exterior of piping and prepare for coatings. Flush system with clean water before testing per 48 Plumbing Code. Inspect joints, supports and accessory items. 49 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 50 • General: Chromium -over -nickel finish at exposed metal parts; stops at each fixture water connection; 51 faucets with renewable cartridges; vitreous caps at water closet bolts; escutcheon at each point 52 where pipe enters wall at fixture. Seal all joints with silicone sealant where fixtures abut walls and 53 floors. At items furnished by others, provide all P -traps, tailpieces, escutcheons and stop valves. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 51 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Water Closet: Zurn Z5615.214.00.00.00 Ecovantage, manual flush valve, wall -hung siphon jet, 2 elongated bowl, white vitreous china: water -saver flushes 1.28 gallons minimum at 25 psi. 1"- 3 screwdriver back -check angle stop, adjustable tailpiece, vacuum breaker flush connection and spud 4 coupling for 1 1/2" top spud. Zurn 5955SS-EL, open front white toilet seat; no cover, stainless steel 5 hinge with check. 6 • Urinal: Kohler K -4920-T, floor -mounted, white vitreous china; 3/4" top spud, 2" floor outlet, water 7 saver flushes on 0.5 -gallons, Sloan Royal Optima Model 186-0.5 with dual -filtered type diaphragm kit; 8 low consumption flush valve; chrome -plated for either left or right hand supply; equipped with 9 solenoid operator, Optima EL -1500 adaptive sensor; (4) tamper -proof screws and chrome -plated wall 10 cover -plate for two -gang electrical box. Provide Sloan EL -154 transformer; 120V AC input/24VAC 11 output, Class II, UL listed, 48 VA (minimum); one transformer serves up to 10 Optima flushometers. 12 • ADA Multi -Station Hand Sink at Public Restrooms: Intersan Manufacturing Co.; 5.0 -5 -L9 -A7-5, 13 120"x17"x6" deep, 5 -user wash basin with support brackets and mounting plates, 16 -gage, Type 304 14 stainless steel tapered bowls with (1) basket drain, wall -hung; (5) 1 3/8" faucet holes. Contact 15 Intersan (800) 999-3101. 16 o Lavatory faucet Zurn Z6913 -ACA, ADA -compliant, chrome plated finish, sensor activated, AC 17 powered. 18 • Lavatory Wall Hung: Kohler Brenham K-1997, white vitreous china, 22"x19", wall -hung with 4" faucet 19 hole centers. Sloan faucet ETF-600-BDT, 4 -inch centers, sensor -operated. Plug-in transformer, 20 below deck, thermostatic mixing valve, with ETF -233 transformer to operate up to 2 faucets. 0.5 21 GPM vandal resistant spray -head. 22 • Optical Exam Sink: CONTACT: Costco Purchasing. Single compartment 15"x17'/2"x71/2" deep, 18- 23 gage, Type 302 self -rimming stainless steel; faucet ledge. Elkay LK -4121 chrome faucet, swing 24 spout with 10" outlet height. 8" reach, LK -335 sink drain and tailpiece. 25 • Pharmacy Lab Sink: CONTACT: Costco Purchasing. Single compartment 15"x17'/2"x7'/2" deep, 18- 26 gage, Type 302 self -rimming stainless steel; faucet ledge. Elkay LK -4121 chrome faucet, swing 27 spout with 10" outlet height. 8" reach, LK -335 sink drain and tailpiece. 28 • Hearing Center Sink: CONTACT: Costco Purchasing -- Owner Supplied, Contractor Installed. 29 • Drinking Fountain: Elkay EZS8, wall -mounted water cooler, 8.0 GPH base rate, 115V, single-phase, 30 4.0 FLA, flexible bubbler guard. 31 • Drinking Fountain: Elkay EZSTL8C, wall -mounted bi-level water cooler, 8.0 GPH base rate, 115V, 32 single-phase, 4.0 FLA, flexible bubbler guard 33 • Thermostatic Mixing Valve at Fresh -Line and Public Restroom: Symmons Maxline 5 -230 -CK; mixing 34 valve with lockable temperature setting and hot and cold checks, set temperature to 100 deg F. 35 • Thermostatic Mixing Valve at Photo: Bradley Navigator S19-2000; mixing valve with lockable 36 temperature setting and hot and cold checks, built-in cold -water bypass. Positive shut-off of hot water 37 if cold water supply is lost. 38 • Floor Sink Drain at Fresh-Line/Food Service: Stainless Drains.Com CSDSINK 12x12x10; indirect sink 39 waste, 12" square, extra deep 14 -gage stainless steel receptor. Dome bottom strainer; perforated'/2- 40 grate and internal flange. CONTACT: Shelia Heller at StainlessDrains.com; (888) 785-2345; 41 Shelia@stainlessdrains.com 42 • Floor Drain at Fresh-Line/Food Service: Stainless Drains.Com CSDFS-R-4 10-50.S; heavy duty, 1/2" 43 stainless steel slotted grate with 12 -gage Type 304 stainless steel body; anchor tables, no -hub outlet; 44 stainless steel sediment basket. Drill and tap upper frame for trap primer as required. Set top of 45 drain 1/2 -inch below floor; slope floor at 1% to drain for a 4 -foot radius. CONTACT: Shelia Heller at 46 StainlessDrains.com; (888) 785-2345; Shelia@stainlessdrains.com 47 • Floor Drain at Restroom/Janitor: Stainless Drains.Com CSD6000AT-TPC3; 6" floor drain with 14- 48 gage stainless steel body; drain provided with perforated 12 -gage stainless steel adjustable top. 49 Provide with trap primer connection. CONTACT: Shelia Heller at StainlessDrains.com; (888) 785- 50 2345; Shelia@stainlessdrains.com 51 • Floor Trench Drain at Meat Prep/Rotisserie: Stainless Drains.Com SD6X1SIotted; 14 -gage stainless 52 steel body with' " stainless steel slotted grate. Prove with SDSB sediment basket; 6" wide. 53 CONTACT: Shelia Heller at StainlessDrains.com; (888) 785-2345; Shelia@stainlessdrains.com. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 52 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Chair Carriers: Provide wall -hung fixtures with concealed fixture hanger constructed for fixture, cast 2 iron feet sit on sub -floor or cast in sub -floor, or supported by floor -to -ceiling pipes. Exposed arm 3 supports, white enamel finish where fixture is mounted on plastic walls, vitreous enamel where 4 mounted against tile or glazed finish walls. Support base shall not extend beyond wall of chase into 5 finished space. 6 o See Plumbing Drawings for product model numbers. 7 • Roof & Overflow Drains: Cast iron body with polyethylene dome; Zurn Z-100, 15 -inch diameter at 8 Warehouse; Zurn Z-121, 12 -inch diameter at Canopy. Optional 2 -inch high dam at overflow drains. 9 Warehouse rain leader 8 -inch except 10 -inch in heavy -rain coastal areas; canopy rain leader 6 -inch. 10 o Wrap rain leaders with PVC to 8 -feet above floor where exposed to view. 11 DIVISION 23 12 MECHANICAL WORK -- GENERAL 13 • Mechanical Work shall be Contractor designed and provided systems. 14 • Work includes air conditioning, ventilation, controls and insulation of Mechanical Work. All systems 15 shall be fully adjusted and ready to use. 16 • Work also includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, 17 testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the 18 Mechanical systems. 19 • Contact and coordinate all utility companies as required to perform the work. 20 • Rough -in and connect all equipment furnished by the Owner, Contractor, Vendors or Electrical 21 Contractor. 22 • Provide all necessary controls and control wiring to make each system complete and operable; 23 include switches, thermostats, interlocks and time clocks. 24 • Furnish and install smoke detectors; verify existing voltage. 25 • Coordinate connection of equipment to the Building Management System (Enflex or Trane Tracer). 26 • All work to comply with applicable codes/standards. 27 • All fasteners, clamps, etc. shall be of non -corrosive material as approved by the roof manufacturer. 28 To maintain roofing warranty, submit roof penetration method/materials to roofing manufacturer for 29 approval. 30 MECHANICAL BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 31 • Provide vibration isolation mountings and seismic restraints. 32 • Secure all equipment to the building structure; comply all applicable codes. 33 • Provide pipe thermometers and pressure gages as required. 34 • Provide rain -hoods, access doors/panels, drain pans, equipment guards and drip shields above 35 electrical equipment. 36 • Labeling: Identify piping with color code and stencil; comply W. H. Brady Co. B-946 or equal. 37 • Provide valve tags and name tags for all equipment; rabel all air conditioning units and exhaust fans 38 with 6 -inch high block lettering on the exterior of the units. 39 • Sleeves: Where piping passes through floors/walls, provide Schedule 40 pipe sleeves; extend sleeve 40 full thickness of floor/wall and project 1 -inch above floor; allow 1 -inch radial clearance beyond 41 pipe/insulation. Seal space between pipe and sleeve with sealant (fire -rated sealant at rated -walls); 42 provide compression seal where pipes pass through walls below grade. 43 MECHANICAL INSULATION 44 • Piping Insulation: Fiberglass, phenolic foam or closed cell elastomeric as appropriate; insulate 45 condensate drain lines, domestic hot and cold water, piping to roof drains, hot water supply and 46 circulating piping. Continue insulation through wall/ceiling/sleeve; insulate on all cold surfaces where 47 vapor barrier jackets are used for a continuous, unbroken vapor seal. Adequately insulate and vapor 48 seal all hangers, supports, anchors, etc. that are secured to cold surfaces to prevent condensation. 49 • Ductwork and Air -Handling Equipment Insulation: Insulate all air -handling systems from the outside 50 air intake to the room outlets including ductwork, plenums, casings, coils, fans and sound attenuators. 51 Ductwork and equipment with internal acoustical lining will not require external insulation. Do not use 52 internal lining on ducts serving a make-up air system. Secure rigid insulation with pins; joints tightly 53 butted. Fill joints, breaks, punctures with vapor barrier mastic and tape at cold ductwork. Apply MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 53 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 1 •l PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 flexible blanket insulation to ductwork with Foster 85-20 mastic; seal all punctures and voids with 2 vapor barrier. 3 FUEL GAS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4 • General: Notify gas utility provider of changes to gas system; provide gas load values for new gas - 5 fired equipment. Verify existing service/meter and pressure is adequate for new gas loads; if 6 required, coordinate with gas utility for replacement of meter. 7 • Pipe Preparation for Painting: At piping above roof or exposed to weather, prepare piping for painting. 8 At project completion, verify no gas piping above the roof remains unpainted. 9 • Seismic Requirements: Provide ASCE certified seismic gas shutoff valve on main gas line to building 10 and seismic bracing for all gas piping over 2 1/2 -inches. For interior gas-fired equipment, provide 11 approved flexible gas pipe connection from drip -leg tee to each piece of equipment. 12 • Gas Piping: 13 o Pipe 1 1/2 -inches and Smaller: Black steel, standard weight; Class 150 malleable iron threaded 14 fittings (Wrought steel butt -welding Contractor's Option). 15 o Pipe 2 -inches and Larger: Black steel, standard weight; wrought steel butt -welding fittings. 16 • Gas Piping Installation: Ground gas piping electrically and bond tightly to grounding electrode. Install 17 drip -legs at each piece of equipment and each vertical rise; install tee with bottom outlet plugged. 18 Use insulated couplings where dissimilar metals are joined underground. 19 SPECIAL PIPING SYSTEM (COMPRESSED AIR) 20 • General: Air compressors and hose reels furnished by Owner; Mechanical Contractor to unpack, set 21 and pipe. 22 • Compressed Air Specialties: Provide filter, automatic drain, air line regulator and quick disconnect; 23 Wilkerson, Norgren or Amflo. 24 • Compressed Air Piping: 25 o Tire Installation and Non -Food Areas: Galvanized standard weight. 26 o Meat and Bakery: Type -L copper. 27 • Piping Installation: Install piping pitched down with flow with the end drained using an automatic drain. 28 Anchor all vertical drops and hose connections. Test at 1 1/2 working pressure or 150 psi (whichever 29 is greater) after the lines have been cleaned. 30 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS 31 • HVAC Units: CONTACT: Costco Purchasing. 32 o Provide two-year warranty for both materials and labor. 33 o Combination gas heat/electric cooling with insulated weather -tight casing and compressors, 34 condenser coil, condenser fans, evaporator coil, return air filters, supply motors and drives, unit 35 controls and gas-fired heating section. 36 o Units to be fully charged with refrigerant. 37 o Units to have labels, decals and tags to describe service and indicate caution areas. 38 o Internal wiring to be colored and numbered for identification. 39 o Interface control module to Energy Management System. 40 o Vendor shall provide startup. 41 • HVAC Unit Installation: Set level and plumb. Coordinate installation of disconnect switches and 42 electric power wiring by the Electrical Contractor. 43 o Provide continuous neoprene gasket between unit and curb. 44 o Secure unit to curb with 7 -inch long x 3/16 -inch stainless steel aircraft cable with 340P500 clevis 45 each end; minimum four cables for first 1,000 pounds of unit weight and additional two cables for 46 each increment of 1,000 pounds of unit weight. 47 o Assemble and install supply/return duct drops, ductwork and diffusers for units. 48 o Mount economizer, connect economizer electrical plugs and ready the economizer for operation. 49 o Install all field installed accessories. 50 o On projects where new and/or modified HVAC units are only controlled by programmable 51 thermostats, furnish and install all low voltage control wiring to programmable thermostats. Make 52 no modification to an existing Building Management System. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 54 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 111 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o Provide "Dektite" flexible collars at roof penetrations and use only non -corrosive fasteners. To 2 maintain metal roof warranty, contact Span Construction (559) 661-1111 or 3 spancostcosales@spanconstruction.com prior to performing any work. 4 o Clean system/equipment, lubricate bearings, adjust belts/control valves; adjust fan speed, ready 5 for air balancing and replace filters with new 2 -inch pleated, 40% filters. 6 • HVAC Startup Checklist: Examples of Pre Start-Up/Readiness Checklist for BMS contractor (Trane 7 and Novar) are at the end of the specifications document. Contractor is responsibility for obtaining 8 current checklist for bidding and construction. For Trane Pre Start-up, contact Andy Palm at 9 andrew.palm@trane.com. For Novar pre -start-up, contact Cody Hatch at Cody.Hatch@novar.com, or 10 Rebecca Wilding at Rebecca.Wilding@novar.com. 11 AIR CURTAINS 12 • NO SUBSTITUTIONS — CONTACT: Dan Jack at Engineered Products (206) 394-3300 or 13 djack@eppape.com for ordering of air curtains. 14 • Product: Powered Aire Inc. 1-888-321-2473 or Berner International Corp. 1-800-245-4455. Factory 15 assembled units; U.L. Listed; 1 HP two -speed motor, dBA rating of 54 on low speed; factory mounted 16 electric heating coil with a capacity of 28-30Kw. 17 EXHAUST FANS 18 • General: Provide two-year warranty for both materials and labor. 19 • Ceiling Exhaust Fans: Penn, Cook or Greenheck. Factory assembled with back -draft damper; white 20 egg -crate shaped grille, 85% free open area. Direct drive, max. 1100 rpm; rubber in shear vibration 21 isolators; electrical disconnect, U.L. listed. 22 • Roof Exhaust Fans: Penn or Cook. Factory assembled centrifugal fan with back draft dampers and 23 removable bird screen. 24 • Rotisserie/Pizza Oven Hood Exhaust Fan: Penn or Cook. 25 o Comply U.L. Standard 762 for removal of grease -laden vapors, U.L. listed. 26 o Sealed motor compartment cover with 4 -breather tube positive ventilation system, one-piece 27 lower housing; vertical exhaust discharge. Motor located out -of -the airstream; single bolt belt 28 adjustment. Controlled by on/off switch provided by Electrical Contractor. 29 o Factory -wired safety disconnect switch and weather -resistant exterior junction box. 30 o Provide with floating hinge and 1/16 -inch stainless steel wire rope to allow fan to open to 90°; 31 provide hasp with cotter pin to secure open end of hinged fan. 32 o Provide vented curb extension for Type -1 hood exhaust. Minimum 40 -inch above roof discharge. 33 • Fan Installation: Install level and plumb; secure with cadmium -plated hardware. Suspend ceiling fans 34 from structure; use steel wire or metal straps. Support suspended units from structure using threaded 35 steel rods. Label units. Clean plenums and casings; adjust fans, ready for air -balancing. 36 DUCTWORK FOR REMOVAL OF GREASE AND SMOKE LADEN VAPORS 37 • Ductwork: CaptiveAire Series DW Grease Duct listed factory -built single-wall grease duct; zero 38 clearance; include all components (duct supports, guides, fittings, cleanouts, expansion joints, etc.). 39 For use with Type -1 hoods; complying with NFPA 96. 40 o Comply with UL 1978 and CAN/ULC-5662. 41 o Duct constructed with stainless steel, 0.036 inch thick for 8- to 24 -inch diameter duct. 42 o Inner pipe joints held together by formed 'V' clamps and sealed with 3M Fire Barrier 2000+ 43 silicone sealant. 44 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 45 • General: Run ductwork straight from rooftop equipment to an architectural finish with no offsets. 46 • Low Pressure Sheet Metal Ductwork: All ductwork galvanized steel unless noted otherwise; comply 47 SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, 2 -inch water gage static Pressure Class Seal Class -C. 48 o Seams: Do not use standing S -cleats, welded seams or standing seams except standing seams 49 are permitted on plenums where seams are equipped with full-length rolled steel backing angles. 50 Button punch snap -lock seams made on Lockformer tools will be acceptable where Pittsburgh 51 seams are called for. 52 o Provide diagonal creasing on all panels wider than 18 -inches. Elbows to have inside radius equal 53 to maximum width of elbow; turning vanes to comply with SMACNA. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 55 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o Connect sheet metal to building construction using steel angles riveted to the sheet metal and 2 bolted using expansion bolts with compressible glass -fiber under the angle. 3 o Access Doors and Frames: Provide wherever access to ducts or plenums is necessary. 18"x24" 4 or 18"x36"size for access into plenums; 12"x16" minimum for access to coils or dampers. Provide 5 die-cast latches; Ventifabrics No. 100 for doors 1'-0" or smaller; No. 260 for up to 3'-0" height; No. 6 310 for larger, use two. 7 • Volume Dampers and Quadrants: Provide as required to balance the system; include damper in each 8 supply, return or exhaust opening; locate where accessible. Set and lock all damper in "Full Open" 9 position prior to balancing work. 10 • Low Pressure Flexible Duct: Thermaflex M -KE or approved equal. Coated glass fiber with metal 11 spiral and fiberglass insulation; flame spread not to exceed 25. Ducts shall be no longer than 10 -feet 12 and be fully expanded; sheet metal elbows to grilles; no sharp turns. 13 CONTROLS AND AUTOMATION 14 • Connect systems to Building Management System. 15 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 16 • Include supply air systems, return air systems, exhaust air systems and verifying temperature control 17 system operation. Provide certified report. 18 • Lubricate all motors and bearings; check fan belt tension and fan rotation; test and adjust for design 19 CFM; test coil entering/leaving air temperatures; adjust zones to proper design CFM, supply and 20 return; test and adjust each diffuser/grille/register; check controls for proper calibration. 21 • Make any changes in pulleys, belts, and dampers required for correct balance at no additional cost to 22 the Owner; seal ducts/piping and vapor barrier as required. Permanently mark equipment setting. 23 DIVISION 24 24 REFRIGERATION 25 • Refrigeration System provided by Owner; includes design, drawings, major materials and 26 equipment. 27 • Provide mechanical, electrical and plumbing connections shown on Refrigeration drawings; provide 28 support system to receive equipment. Complete all rough -ins; make final connections. 29 • Receive, unload, uncrate, handle and store equipment at site. 30 • Seal all panel penetrations with NSF approved sealant. 31 DIVISION 26 32 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 33 • Electrical Work shall be Contractor designed and provided systems. 34 • Work includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, testing, 35 permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the Electrical 36 systems. 37 • Work also includes providing branch circuit panels for power and lighting, circuit wiring systems (for 38 motors, receptacles, junction boxes, lighting, etc.), telephone conduit/boxes, lighting fixtures, wall 39 switches, receptacles, emergency/exit lighting system, grounding, transformers, conduits, conductors, 40 etc. necessary for a complete electrical installation. 41 • Provide hangers, anchors, sleeves, and fixture supports. 42 • Provide power wiring up to and including safety switches, relays, starters and final connection for 43 mechanical equipment. 44 • Make final connections to all Owner Supplied equipment. 45 • Provide fire-alarm/life-safety conduit, pull wire and mounting devices; comply NFPA 70. Provide line - 46 voltage (120 -volts maximum) and low -voltage (up to 50 VAC/DC) in separate conduits. Schedule and 47 coordinate work of Fire-Alarm/Life-Safety Vendor. 48 • Provide stenciled labels of etched micarta nameplates for all electrical devices, disconnect switches, 49 panels, transformers, etc. 50 • All systems shall be fully adjusted, tested and ready to use. 51 • Contact and coordinate with Power Company as required to perform the work. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 56 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • All fasteners, clamps, etc. shall be of non -corrosive material as approved by the roof manufacturer. 2 To maintain roofing warranty, submit roof penetration method/materials to roofing manufacturer for 3 approval. 4 ELECTRICAL BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 5 • General: Costco has agreement with Square -D for distribution panels, panelboards, and dry -type 6 transformers. Costco has authorized Graybar Electric to be sole supplier for pricing of Square -D 7 equipment. CONTACT: Tom Turner, phone: (206) 292-4848 or (206) 399-6240, email: 8 thomas.turner@graybar.com. 9 • Grounding: Comply with NEC. Ground equipment (transformers, conduits, motors, etc.) to cold water 10 main/grounding electrodes with Burndy or T&B ground clamps. Flexible conduit is not approved for 11 continuity in grounding system. Connect electrical complete to -and -through all fixtures, including 12 wiring to mechanical equipment. 13 • Panelboards: Square -D; equipped with locks keyed alike. Breakers full rated to match panels AIC 14 ratings. 15 • Wiring Devices: 16 o Duplex Receptacles: Ivory 3 -pole with "U" -shaped ground; WC 596 NEMA WD1 Heavy -Duty; 17 stainless steel cover plates. Bryant, Hubbell, Leviton, Eagle — #53421; Pass & Seymour — # 18 53421 19 o Floor Mount Duplex Receptacles: Hubbell #S -3725/B-2529. 20 o Isolated Ground Receptacles: Hubbell #1G5262. 21 o Tumbler Switches: Commercial Industrial Type, 20 -amp., 120/277 -volt AC, WS896, Ivory; super 22 stainless steel 9300 cover -plates at flush mounted switches; gang grouped switches with one 23 cove plate. 24 • Raceways, Fittings and Boxes: 25 o Outdoor Conduit: Steel Rigid (RMC) or Intermediate (IMC) Metal Conduit; Liquid -tight Flexible 26 Metallic Conduit at vibrating equipment. Conduit galvanized or sherardized; threaded fittings; 27 running and exposed threads not permitted. 28 o Indoor Conduit -- Exposed: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT), IMC or RMC; 1 -inch minimum. 29 o Indoor Conduit — Concealed: EMT, IMC or RMC; 1 -inch minimum. If EMT is used, provide 30 separate ground wire. EMT galvanized or sherardized; insulated throat connectors; set -screw 31 couplings and connectors for conduit less than 2 -inches and compression coupling above 2- 32 inches. 33 o Flexible Metallic Conduit (FMC) and Metal -clad Cable (MC): Only allowed in Office area as short 34 (less than 6 -feet) pigtails between junction box and fixture/outlet. No FMC or MC for home -runs 35 or surface mount. 36 o Underground Conduit: Schedule 40 or 80 Rigid PVC or RMC buried at least 24 -inches below 37 indoor slab (when permitted) or minimum 36 -inches below grade; 3A -inch minimum; watertight. 38 Penetrations to grade to be perpendicular. No flexible metal or PVC allowed. 39 o Conduit Seals: Install sealing fitting on conduits penetrating walls of cold rooms. 40 • Outlet, Junction Boxes and Switch Boxes: Galvanized, code -gage metal; use deep boxes with 1 -inch 41 and larger conduit. 42 o Junction boxes sized and shaped to accommodate wires without crowding. Surface mounted 43 boxes in public areas cast — no knock -outs. No plastic pull -boxes allowed. 44 o Telephone outlets 4 -inch square box with Bakelite plate. 45 o Unless noted or required otherwise, mount receptacles at 18 -inches above floor; mount switches 46 at 42 -inches above floor. 47 • Wire and Cable: 48 o Okonite, General Cable or Rome. 49 o 600 -volts insulated copper wire (#12 minimum) — no aluminum wire allowed. 50 o NEC standard #1/0 and smaller — Type THW, RHW or THWN; over #1/0, THW and THWN 75° C. 51 o Wires in channels or fluorescent lighting fixture to be 90° C. minimum; Type AVA, VA. RJJ. or 52 AVB. 53 o Cables paralleled on reels; pull directly into raceways; do not lie on ground. Splicing of cables not 54 permitted. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 57 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 o Make splices of #10 wires and smaller with insulated 3M "Scotchloks" or Ideal "Wingnuts"; splices 2 for #8 wires and larger with copper long barrel connectors; waterproof underground splices. 3 • Wire and Cable Installation: Install only after raceways are free of obstructions and clean. Pulling 4 lubricants "Ideal" yellow. Wire color coded. 5 o Tag wiring with Brady "Quick" labels at pull boxes, junction boxes and panelboards. 6 o Wiring in panelboards and terminal cabinets neatly trained, served, and marked with circuit 7 number. 8 • Wire Color Code: White neutral; green ground wires. 9 o 208/120 V. — Phase -A, black; Phase -B, red; Phase -C, blue. 10 o 480/277 V. — Phase -A, brown; Phase -B, orange; Phase -C, yellow. 11 o Verify wire colors with local code prior to installation. 12 • Safety Switches: Heavy-duty, horsepower rated, externally operated with provisions for padlocking; 13 quick -make, quick -break and fusible. NEMA 1 indoors; NEMA 3R Raintight outdoors. 14 • Support System: Unistrut or Superstrut; uncolored hot -dipped galvanized -- except at meat island 15 lights. Bolts/screws to be black steel or galvanized for interior; brass or bronze for exterior. 16 Raceways supported at 10 -foot maximum; clamps to be one -hole malleable iron. 17 • Dry -Type Transformers: Square -D with six 2' % taps, 2 above and 4 below. U.L. label; Type "H" 18 insulation system; maximum sound rating of 50db; all copper winding. Mount on "Korfund" vibration 19 isolators to floor. Isolate conduits entering transformer with oversize hole, ground wire and rubber 20 grommet. 21 • Plugmold: Plugmold 2000, outlets 12 -inches centers; coordinate mounting height. 22 • Telephone Raceway: Provide raceways and outlet system. Raceways free and clean with pull wire; 23 minimum 3A -inch conduit, two 1,4 -bends maximum; 4 -inch boxes, plaster ring and'/cinch bushed hole 24 cover plate. 25 ELECTRICAL WORKMANSHIP 26 • General: Install work neatly. Install raceways, fittings, and equipment, level, plumb and straight. 27 Connectors, locknuts, screws, clamps, joints made up tightly. 28 o Conceal conduit in wall/ceiling spaces; no surface mounted conduit or boxes. 29 o Where conduit is allowed to be exposed, install parallel with or at right angles to walls and lines of 30 building. 31 o Run overhead conduits in joist space (25 -feet minimum above floor); group conduits together (not 32 more than 2 -feet wide); do no block lighting, HVAC units or skylights. 33 o Run branch circuit electrical feeders overhead — no underground feeders allowed. 34 o Keep conduits 6 -inches from hot-water pipes. 35 • Panels: Install panels with top of trim at 6'-3'. Provide/modify type -written directory. 36 • Conduit Support: Support at 10 -foot intervals maximum and within 2 -feet of outlets or wiring 37 enclosures. Secure to building structure with approved pipe straps/furring channels/metal studs with 38 #23 AWG zinc -coated iron tie wire — nails, metal tape or straps not acceptable. 39 o Conduits 1 1 -inches and larger to be suspended from building structure by pipe hangers, pipe 40 racks or trapezes -- do not support from other piping systems. 41 o Brace conduits to prevent sway. 42 • Roof Penetrations: 43 o Provide "Dektite" flexible collars at roof penetrations and use only non -corrosive fasteners. To 44 maintain metal roof warranty, contact Span Construction (559) 661-1111 or 45 spancostcosales@spanconstruction.com prior to performing any work. 46 o Do not run conduits directly on the metal roofing; use Span -approved fittings that do not allow 47 contact with the roofing. 48 LIGHTING 49 • Fixture Supplier: Graybar is Costco's sole supplier for US projects. CONTACT Tom Turner, phone: 50 (206) 292-4848 or (206) 399-6240, email: thomas.turner@graybar.com, for pricing for projects in US. 51 o For Mexico projects, CONTACT Daniel Spiro at Daniel Spiro Companies (480) 946-4700 or (800) 52 232-4724, email: sales@spirocompanies. 53 o Electrical Contractor to receive, handle, and verify quantities; notify Graybar or Daniel Spiro of 54 conflict or damage. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 58 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 • PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • General: Light fixtures to be complete with required suspension accessories canopies, casings, 2 lamps, sockets, holder, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, plaster frames, recessing boxes and 3 other items and shall be completely wired and assembled. 4 • Ballasts: For fluorescent fixtures -- 277 or 120 -volt; provide Energy Saving Electronic Ballast with 5 85% minimum ballast factor and total harmonic distortion less than 20% or as required by local 6 jurisdiction; Class -P, conform CBM standards, CBM-ETL label. Provide "A" sound rating. Provide 7 cold temperature ballast (minus 40 F°) for exterior lighting. 8 • Lamps: G.E., Philips, Venture, Sylvania. Fluorescent -lamps shall be 32 -watt T8, 2950 lumens equal 9 as Sylvania 800 series; cool white. Incandescent -lamps rated for 125/130- volts. HID -lamps 277- 10 volt, Venture MP400W/BU/UVS/PS. 11 • Lenses: For recessed troffer -type — 0.125 clear virgin acrylic plastic; upper surface smooth; bottom 12 surface covered with uniform array of conical shape prisms with square bases. 13 • Fixture Installation: Verify ceiling type prior to ordering fixtures. Independently support fixtures in 14 suspended grid ceilings with minimum 12 -gage galvanized wire; twisted, wrapped and fastened. 15 Bottom of fixtures in Sales Area to be minimum 25 -feet above floor. 16 • Wiring: Provide Holophane Holoflex flexible wiring system for Sales Area. Provide factory -installed 17 disconnect mean for all light fixtures per NEC. 18 • Lighting Control System: Properly circuit to panels. 19 DIVISION 28 20 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 21 • Fire-alarm/life-safety Work shall be Contractor designed and provided systems. 22 • Work includes addressable manual pull stations, addressable analog area smoke and duct detectors, 23 audible horns, strobes, connection to central station, air handing shut -down, and Ansul hood 24 supervision. All systems shall be fully adjusted and ready to use. 25 • Work also includes, but is not limited to, all engineering calculations, labor, materials, supervision, 26 testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the fire - 27 alarm/life-safety systems. 28 • Comply with NFPA 72, NFPA 70, applicable U.L. Standards and applicable codes; all equipment to 29 be U.L. listed. 30 • Electrical Contractor to provide conduit, pull wires and mounting devices. 31 • All fire alarm cabling in conduit. If approved by AHJ, low -voltage circuiting can run exposed using 32 NEC-FPLP plenum rated cable per NEC Article 760; conduit is required at locations where cabling is 33 subject to damage. Run exposed cabling tight to structure; draping of cabling not allowed. 34 • Egress doors on time -delay hardware to automatically release upon loss of power or alarm initiation; 35 coordinate final connection with door hardware vendor. 36 • Coordinate in -room smoke detector final device installation with AHJ if required. 37 • Label each alarm point/zone within fire alarm control panel. 38 • Remove existing components no longer required. 39 DIVISION 31 40 GENERAL 41 • See Civil Drawings for extent of site work. 42 CLEARING OF SITE 43 • Job Conditions: Prevent spread of dust; wet surfaces as required. Check with City for special 44 requirements. On-site burning not permitted. Protect existing objects to remain; if damaged, replace 45 or repair to satisfaction of Architect/Owner. 46 • Preparation: Inspect entire site; locate all existing utilities and determine requirements for protection 47 for active utilities and/or disconnecting/capping. Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities; provide 48 temporary services as required. Comply with Utility Company requirements. 49 • Stripping Topsoil: Stockpile for later use in landscape areas; do not mix stockpile with structural fill. 50 Remove excess material from site and legally dispose. 51 • Clearing and Grubbing: Remove trees, stumps, etc. to 18 -inch depth below subgrade at footings and 52 fills. Fill holes created by tree removal with clean soil; compact to required density (95% ASTM 53 D1557 Modified Proctor unless noted otherwise). MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 59 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Removal of Debris: Remove all debris from site and legally dispose. Leave site and adjacent 2 roadways in neat and orderly condition. 3 • Water Well and Septic System: If found on the site, abandon/remove as required by Health 4 Dept./AHJ; Contractor to obtain all necessary permits. 5 • Sediment Control: Construct temporary sediment control measures as soon as drainage system is 6 installed; maintain throughout construction period. Discharge water off-site through temporary 7 sediment control measures; sediment -laden water not allowed to discharge off-site. 8 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 9 • Performance Requirements: Design, provide, monitor and maintain an anchored and braced 10 excavation system capable of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and supporting sidewalls of 11 excavation. Keep excavation free of water; provide pumps as required. 12 EARTHWORK 13 • Geotechnical Report: If available, report is for information only and is not part of the Contract 14 Documents. Opinions expressed in the report are the Geotechnical Engineer's; the Owner and 15 Architect are not responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from report by the Contractor. 16 • Geotechnical Engineer (if applicable): Must approve all fill material. 17 • On -Site Fill Material: Use only soil or soil -rock mixture which is free from debris, organic matter and 18 other deleterious substance. Fill material shall contain no rocks or lumps greater than 3 -inches with a 19 minimum of 90 -percent passing 1 -inch. 20 • Imported Fill Material: Non -expansive with a maximum of 8 -percent passing the 200 sieve; clay soils 21 are not acceptable 22 • Aggregate Base Course Under Floor Slab: Plant mix with 3/4 -inch grading; minimum 6 -inch depth of 23 crushed, partially crushed, or naturally occurring fractured face granular material from approved 24 sources. Place in maximum 6 -inch lifts; compact to 95% per ASTM D1557; proof roll area under slab, 25 leave aggregate base course as stable and trimmable pad. 26 • Finished Elevations and Lines: Set by licensed land surveyor hired by General Contractor. Provide 27 grades stakes; replace damaged or stolen stakes. 28 • Grading: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface and grade/slope 29 changes. Slope grades away from building and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrade (underside of 30 aggregate base course) to %-inch in 10 -feet tolerance inside building lines. 31 • Excavating: Excavate to lines and grades shown in whatever material encounter; remove 32 rocks/boulders, hardpan, etc. at no additional cost. On cut banks, neatly trim to the required finish 33 surface as the cut progresses. 34 • Preparation of Subgrade: Do not place, spread or roll fill materials if the soil exceeds the optimum 35 moisture content or during unfavorable weather conditions. Cut or fill side slopes shall not exceed 36 2H:1 V. Remove any soil softened or eroded and re -compact the subgrade. Keep soil under footings 37 and slabs dry and free from frost; excavate bearing surfaces softened by water or frost to solid 38 bearing and fill with concrete at no additional cost. 39 • Compaction of Soil Backfills and Fills: Place fill materials in maximum 8 -inch loose depth layers and 40 compact per ASTM D1557 Modified Proctor to minimum percentages as follows: 41 o Under Structure, Building Slabs, Walkways, Steps and Pavement: Scarify and re -compact top 12- 42 inches of subgrade to 95% and compact each layer of fill to 95% for full depth of fill. 43 o Under Retaining Walls: Scarify and re -compact top 6 -inches of subgrade and each layer of fill to 44 92%. 45 o Utility Trenches: Compact initial and each layer of fill to 92%. 46 o Under Landscape and Unpaved Areas: Scarify and re -compact top 6 -inches of subgrade and 47 each layer of fill to 90%. 48 • Inadequate Soil Conditions: Carry excavation to depth required to obtain design bearing values if soil 49 of inadequate density/bearing capacity — or - where new fill is placed upon existing fill exposed by 50 excavation is encountered at elevations shown on documents. If applicable, the Geotechnical 51 Engineer shall determine adequacy of soil bearing and decisions made in disputed cases shall be 52 final. The Contractor is responsible for remedial measures required at no additional cost to the 53 Owner. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 60 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Removal of Debris/Excess Material: Haul from site and dispose of legally at no additional cost to the 2 Owner; comply with AHJ requirements. 3 DIVISION 32 4 GENERAL 5 • See Civil Drawings for extent of site work. 6 ASPHALT PAVEMENT 7 • General: Below is an abbreviated specification of the asphalt pavement work. Contact Architect in 8 writing for the complete specification. See Drawings for applicable details. 9 • Aggregate Base Over Compacted Backfill and Fill Soil: Dense graded mixture of natural or crushed 10 gravel or stone, and natural or crushed sand, ASTM 2940, with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2 11 inch (38 mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve; base shall be compacted 12 to the thickness indicated on the paving drawing at near optimum moisture and to at least 95 percent 13 of ASTM D 1557 maximum dry density. When approved by Owner, asphalt treated base (ATB) is 14 allowed with no additional compensation. 15 o Compacted aggregate base materials shall be placed in equal layers, no thicker than 8 inches or 16 less than 4 inches. 17 o Aggregate base materials shall be crushed stone or gravel resulting from the artificial crushing of 18 rocks, boulders, or large cobblestones with the resulting particles having a minimum of 85% 19 fractured on two faces. 20 • Asphalt Concrete: 21 o Asphalt Binder: Asphalt binder shall be Performance Grade (PG) binder oil per ASTM D 6373. 22 The PG binder grade shall be determined based on the Federal Highway Administration's 23 LTPPBind program version 3.1 or the most recent version, to provide the following: 24 • The high-end temperature rating shall be the grade with 98 percent reliability, 25 • The low-end temperature rating shall be the grade with a minimum 90 percent reliability, 26 • The PG binder grade requirement may be superseded by the project Geotechnical Report. 27 • When the mixture contains 20 percent or less RAP, the PG binder grade determined by the 28 previous steps 1 through 3 shall be used. 29 • When the mixture contains between 21 to 30 percent of RAP, the required PG binder grade 30 shall be one grade softer on both high and low temperatures than the PG binder grade 31 determined by previous steps 1 through 3. For example, if PG 58-28 is required by 32 LTPPBind then PG 52-34 is required for high RAP mixtures. 33 o Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA): Provide a plant -mixed dense, fine -graded, hot -mix asphalt designed in 34 accordance with the procedures outlined as follows: 35 • Provide a dense fine -graded mix design and as produced complying with the gradation table 36 2.1 below: 37 Table 2.1 Aggregate Gradation Maximum Size of Aggregate (inch) 1 3/a 1/2 Nominal Maximum Size of Aggregate (inch) 3/4 1h 3/8, Pavement Section Application Base Course Only Base or Surface Courses Surface Courses Only U.S. Sieve Size Percent Passing Percent Passing Percent Passing 1" 100 100 100 34" 90 -100 100 100 1/2" Maximum 90 90 - 100 100 3/8" - Maximum 90 90-100 #4 Minimum 40 Maximum 90 #8 Minimum 40 Minimum 40 #200 3-6 3-6 3-7 MG2 Page 61 of 84 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 ■ Provide hot -mix asphalt for onsite paving meeting properties showing in Table 2.2 and the 2 following criteria: 3 ✓ Coarse aggregate angularity (ASTM D5821): 75 percent of coarse aggregate portion 4 should have at least one fractured face 5 ✓ L.A. Wear (ASTM C535 or C131): Coarse aggregate portion should have a maximum of 6 35 percent loss. 7 ✓ Flat and elongated pieces, 5:1 ratio (ASTM D4791):10 percent maximum 8 ✓ Soundness (sodium sulfate, ASTM C88): 16 percent maximum loss with five cycles 9 ✓ Fine aggregate angularity (AASHTO T304): 40 percent minimum 10 ✓ Plasticity Index (ASTM D4318): 0 or non -plastic 11 ✓ Sand equivalent (ASTM D2419): 40 percent minimum 12 ✓ Natural sand content: 20 percent maximum 13 ✓ Clay lumps and friable particles (ASTM C142): 2 percent maximum 14 ✓ Maximum RAP content 30 percent for base course and 30 percent for surface course. 15 ✓ Recycled asphalt shingles (RAS) shall not be allowed. 16 ✓ Design binder content is selected at 3.5% air voids (per Table 2.2). 17 ✓ Minimum Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) is 80 percent. 18 ■ All aggregate quality requirements by the State agency where the asphalt is being installed 19 shall be met for the intended use (base, intermediate, and/or surface course) or the current 20 Costco Requirements outlined herein, whichever is more stringent. 21 • Unless otherwise approved by Costco's geotechnical engineer, the optimum asphalt lift (or 22 course) thickness shall be a minimum of 3 -times the Maximum Aggregate Size (MAS). 23 Table 2.2 HMA Property Criteria HMA Property 50 -gyration Superpave 50 -blow Marshall Mix Design Method Superpave Marshall Compaction Energy 50 Gyrations 50 Blows per side Stability, lbs. n/a 1,200 min. Flow, 0.01 in. n/a 8 to 16 Air Voids @ design AC 3.5% 3.5% VFA 70 to 80 70 to 80 Dust to effective AC Ratio (design & production) 0.6 to 1.2 0.6 to 1.2 24 • Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP): RAP shall consist of the material obtained from 25 highways, streets, or asphalt parking Tots by crushing, milling, or planing existing asphalt 26 concrete pavements. This material shall be transported to the asphalt concrete production 27 facility yard and processed through an appropriate crusher so that the resulting material will 28 contain no particles larger than the maximum aggregate size of the asphalt concrete mixture 29 in which it will be used. All RAP shall be processed across a maximum of a 5/8" screen. The 30 material shall be stockpiled on a free draining base and kept separate from virgin aggregates, 31 dirt, vegetation or rubbish. The material contained in the RAP stockpiles shall have a 32 reasonably uniform gradation from fine to coarse and shall be protected from accumulation of 33 excessive moisture and shall not be contaminated by foreign materials. The use of RAP will 34 be permitted provided that the end product is in conformance with the approved job -mix 35 formula and that the RAP proportions meet the maximum requirements for the appropriate 36 pavement section course. When RAP is used in the mix design, the following 37 recommendations shall be observed: 38 ✓ The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP should be used in calculation of the mix 39 gradation and fractured faces. Fine aggregate angularity, sand equivalent and flat and 40 elongated particles shall not be measured for the RAP aggregate. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 62 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 ✓ The percentage of asphalt in the RAP shall be considered when determining the optimum 2 asphalt content. The maximum binder replacement from RAP is 30 percent for surface 3 course and 30 percent for base course. 4 ✓ Asphalt content of the total mixture for mix batching shall include virgin and reclaimed 5 asphalt binder. The asphalt binder in the RAP shall be considered as part of the trial mix 6 binder content. 7 ✓ The specific gravity of the virgin binder shall be used as the specific gravity of the binder 8 in the RAP for mixture design. 9 ✓ The bulk specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP shall be determined and used as 10 the bulk specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes. The bulk specific 11 gravity of the RAP shall be determined by the following steps: 12 • Determine the maximum theoretical specific gravity (Gmm) of the RAP by ASTM 13 D2041. 14 • Determine the asphalt content of the RAP (Pb) by extraction following ASTM 15 D2172. 16 • Calculate the effective specific gravity (Gse) of the RAP from the Gmm and the 17 RAP asphalt content (Pb). 18 • Determine the absorption of the coarse aggregate from the RAP extraction. 19 • Determine the bulk specific gravity of the RAP aggregate (Gsb) by the table 2.3. 20 Table 2.3 Bulk Specific Gravity of RAP Aggreqate Absorption of the RAP coarse aggregate Absorption Category Bulk specific gravity of RAP aggregate >1.5% High Gsb=Gse-0.1 <= 1.5% i Low Gsb = Gse — 0.05 21 o Use mixing and compaction temperatures for intended asphalt binder grade. 22 • Tack Coat and Prime Coat: 23 o Tack Coat: SS -1, SS -1 h, CSS -1 or CSS -1 h diluted with an equal amount of water, or agency 24 acceptable product. 25 o Prime Coat: MS -2, CMS -2, or HFMS-2s. 26 o Tack Coat and Prime Coat: Comply with AASTHO M140 or M208. 27 • The completed asphalt pavement surface shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, and free from ruts, 28 humps, depressions, irregularities, rock pockets, coarse aggregate and roller marks. Areas of 29 handwork at joints and miscellaneous structures shall match the smooth surface texture of all other 30 areas of new pavement. 31 • Finished paved surface shall be uniform, clean and smooth, with no ponding, pooling or "birdbaths". 32 Paved surfaces containing "birdbaths" will not be accepted and will be replaced and/or repaired by 33 the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner. Patching will not be acceptable. 34 ASPHALTIC SEALER 35 • Asphalt Sealer: "Advanced Formula J-16 Pavement Sealer" by Maintenance, Inc.; or "Jennite" by 36 Neyra Industries; or "Resurfacer" by Special Asphalt Products; or "Polymer Modified MasterSeal 37 (PMM)" by SealMaster. Use clean, hard, durable uncoated aggregates per ASTM C 136 gradation. 38 Repair cracks over 1/8 -inch wide per manufacturer's recommendations. Apply sealer in two coats, 28 39 mils dry film thickness each coat. 40 PAVEMENT MARKING 41 • Pavement Marking: "Setfast Low VOC Acrylic Traffic Marking Paint" by Sherwin Williams or "Fast - 42 Dry Waterborne Traffic Marking Paint" by Aexcel Corp. Apply two coats with wet film thickness of 15 43 mils each coat, in white (SW TM5626 or AC 72W -A037), red (SW TM5628 or AC 72R -A002), 44 handicap blue (SW TM5642 or AC 72L -A002), or yellow (SW TM5627 or AC 72Y -A044). Provide 45 color to match existing or as directed by Architect. Prior to application, completely remove all oil, 46 stains, grease, dirt, dust, curing/sealing membrane, existing paints, and other surface contaminants 47 that may inhibit adhesion of pavement marking. 48 TACTILE WARNING SURFACING MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 63 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 • Wet -Set Cast -In -Place Tactile Warning Surfacing Tiles: ADA Answer Industries Model "23C -2Y" OR 2 StrongGo Industries "Tekway Dome Tiles", 24 inches x 36 inches, yellow unless noted otherwise, with 3 nominal 0.2 inch high domes, in-line dome pattern in both directions and center -to -center spacing of 4 2.35 inches (60 mm) (unless AHJ requires otherwise). Use corrosion -resistant anchors embedded 5 into concrete. 6 • Alternate: Surface -Applied Tactile Warning Surfacing Tiles: Engineered Plastics Model "Armor -Tile 7 ADA -S -3648W", 36 inches x 48 inches, yellow unless noted otherwise, with nominal 0.2 inch high 8 domes, in-line dome pattern in both directions and center -to -center spacing of 2.35 inches (60 mm) 9 (unless AHJ requires otherwise). Use "Tactile Bond and Seal" adhesives by Engineered Plastics. 10 Submit alternate pricing for Owner's acceptance and approval. 11 • Joint Sealants: BASF "MasterSeal NP1 ", Sika "Sikaflex —1 a", or Tremco "Vulkem 116". Colors: 12 Match tile color between tiles, and match substrate at perimeter edge of tile installation. Use 3/8 -inch 13 wide felt filler with "A" cap at perimeter edge of tile installation. 14 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES 15 • Contact: Rubberform Recycled Products, LLC, (866) 422-6981 or (716) 478-0404, dial 1 for Sales, 16 http:www.rubberform.com OR Checkers Safety Group/Encore Commercial Products, (866) 737-8900, 17 www.postguard.com. 18 • Site Recycled Rubber Wheel Stops: "RubberForm Designer Series, Model RF-PWS38YLW-DS- 19 PEC" by RubberForm Recycled Products OR Checkers Safety Group "Park It Curb, Model 16101Y". 20 No substitution. 4 inches high by 6 inches wide by 72 inches, with chamfered corners, drainage slots 21 on underside, pre -drilled holes for anchoring to substrate, and 8 yellow reflective stripes and 2 yellow 22 reflective end caps, unless otherwise required. Attach each to pavement with rebar spikes or lag 23 bolts; recessed so that top of cap is flush with top of wheel stop. Use Chem Link M-1 Universal 24 Adhesive/Sealant, black color, where drilling into pavement is prohibited. 25 • Site Precast Concrete Wheel Stops: Pre -cast, air -entrained concrete; 2500 -psi minimum 26 compressive strength; 6 inches high x 9 inches wide x 6 feet long, with chamfered corners, drainage 27 slots on underside, and holes 3/4 -inch diameter x 10 inches long galvanized dowels. Use concrete 28 wheel stops where required to match existing. 29 • Site Recycled Rubber Speed Bumps: Checkers Safety Group "Easy Rider Recycled Rubber Speed 30 Bump and End Caps, Model 26111Y and Model 26998". Furnish separate 6 -inch (150 -mm) long end 31 caps where necessary to cover speed bump ends. Furnish caps that match the width and height of 32 the speed bump. Provide in units nominally measuring 72 inches (1800 mm) long, 12 inches (300 33 mm) wide, and 2.25 inches (57 mm) high. For each 6 -foot (1800 -mm) long unit, include: Four 34 mounting holes each 1/2 inch (12 mm) diameter, recessed in 1-3/8 (35 mm) diameter opening, 3/8- 35 inch (9.5 mm) deep to accommodate fastening devices, four painted yellow stripes using weather and 36 traffic -resistant paint, covered with glass beads to make reflective surface at night; eight "cat's eye" 37 reflectors (four on each side) to provide additional reflection at night. Use 1/2 inch (12 mm) diameter 38 rebar spike, 14 inches (350 mm) long for installation on asphalt pavement. Use 1/2 inch (12 mm) 39 diameter lag bolts, 5-1/2 inches (137 mm) long, with metal expansion shields for installation on 40 concrete pavement. Apply adhesive as recommended. 41 • Recycled Rubber Shopping Cart Stops: "Model RF-SCCB8.1.25" by RubberForm Recycled 42 Products. No substitution. 1.25 inches high by 8 inches wide by 96 inches (or as indicated on 43 drawings), with tapered ramp on both sides, flat top with on continuous safety yellow strip for visibility, 44 and ends cut straight and placed between cart corral posts. Attach to pavement with screws and 45 adhesive, using eight 3/8 -inch by 4 -inch rugged structural screws (RF-RSS3.84) and Chem Link M-1 46 Universal Adhesive/Sealant, black color. 47 CHAIN-LINK FENCING 48 • Fence and Gate Sizes: See drawings. 49 • Chain -Link Fence Fabric: One-piece 2" mesh fabric fabricated from 9 -gauge steel wire, Zn -5 -AI -MM 50 aluminum-mischmetal-coated fabric, ASTM F 1345, Type III, Class 2, 1.0 oz./sq. ft., with knuckled top 51 and bottom for fencing under 4 feet high and twisted top and knuckled bottom for fencing over 4 feet 52 high. 53 • Posts and Rails: Heavy industrial strength, Group IA, round steel pipe, schedule 40; line posts 2.375" 54 diameter; end, corner, pull & gate posts 2.875" diameter; top, intermediate and bottom rails 1.66" MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 64 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 r 1. PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 diameter; with minimum 2.0-oz./sq. ft. average zinc coating per ASTM A 123/A 123M or 4.0-oz./sq. ft. 2 zinc coating per ASTM A 653/A 653M. 3 • Swing Gate: Match fence post, rail and fabric materials and finish. Weld framing members. 4 • Gate Hardware: Hot -dip galvanized steel; extra heavy-duty non -lift-off type hinges to permit gate to 5 outswing 180 degrees with non -removable hinge pins; forked -type or plunger -bar type latch with 6 integral provision for padlocking accessible from both sides of gate; 1"x48" steel cane bolt with a 7 keeper; gate stops. Provide size and quantity to suit gates indicated and for proper operation. 8 • Include post caps, rail ends, rail fittings, tie wires, clips, fasteners and other accessories necessary for 9 a complete installation. Match fencing material and finish. 10 • Install chain-link fencing and gates level, plumb, and straight, complying with ASTM F 567. Allow 11 minimum 4" gap between fencing and building wall and 4" inset from slab edges. Space posts 12 uniformly at equal distance from end to end at 8'-0" maximum. Core drill holes in concrete slab to 13 diameter and depth indicated on drawings. Clean holes, insert posts, and fill annular space with 14 concrete, with top smoothed and flushed with adjacent concrete slab surface. Attach fabric to the 15 outside of framing. 16 • Adjust gate to operate smoothly, easily and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, 17 distortion, non -alignment, misplacement, disruption or malfunction, throughout entire operational 18 range. Lubricate if necessary. 19 DIVISION 33 20 GENERAL 21 • See Civil Drawings for extent of site work. 22 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEM, DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM AND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 23 • See Civil Drawings for extent of site work. 24 • Comply with the applicable provisions of all pertinent codes and regulations. Refer to "Standard 25 Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction" prepared by State Chapter American Public 26 Works Association and "Standard Specifications for Sanitary Sewers" prepared by and for the sewer 27 District for material and installation standards. 28 • Oil and Water Separator: Precast, polymer -concrete body with interior baffle and steel support 29 channels and steel -plate covers. See Civil Drawings for product name, size, capacity and location. 30 • Pre -Cast Reinforced Concrete Grease Trap: ASTM C-478, concrete, pre -cast, two -cell grease trap 31 with covers (heavy duty traffic bearing, with waterproof gasket), designed to resist lateral earth 32 pressures imposed by an equivalent fluid with a unit weight of 100 psf. See Drawings for size and 33 depth required. 34 • Trench Drains at Warehouse Loading Dock: K100S pre -sloped channel with No. 461 ductile iron 35 Quicklok grates and 600 Series catch basin, with a No. 614 long base unit and No. 610 top unit with 36 ductile iron grate and frame by Aco Polymer Products or Polydrain pre -sloped channel with No. 37 512AF ductile iron grates and frames, and No. 610 catch basin with No. 614 ductile iron grate and 38 frame by ABT, Inc. 39 • Castings: Provide castings and frames for manholes, wet wells, clean -outs and similar structures. 40 Identification markings shall include labels and colors as follows: "Sanitary Sewer — Green", "Storm 41 Sewer — Gray", 'Water — Blue", "Electric — Red", "Natural Gas — Yellow", "Telecommunications — 42 Orange". See Civil Drawings for product name, size, and location. 43 SUBDRAINAGE 44 • Install sub -drainage system at bottom of footings of foundation walls and retaining walls. Include 45 pipes, drain rocks, non -woven filter fabric, cleanouts and other accessories for a complete installation. 46 47 END OF PROJECT MANUAL MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 65 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 I % 1 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO PRODUCT CONFORMANCE CERTIFICATION Project Closeout Submittal: Submit to the Architect the Conformance Certification List that indicates: The selected manufacturer where the specifications allowed a choice of multiple manufacturers. The Reference Standard (e.g., ASTM Standards) specified if the product was not specified by manufacturer. Substitutions Attach the approved Substitution Request Forms to the Conformance Certification List. No further action is required. Substitutions: Further, I/We acknowledge that no substitutions of the Specified Materials/Products on the attached Conformance Certification List have been made except those approved by the Architect. Only materials/products submitted to the Architect on the approved Substitution Request Form and approved by the Architect are considered approved substitutions — approvals given via Request for Information (RFI) forms or verbal approvals are not valid substitutions. Non -Conforming Products: I/We agree that if non -conforming materials/products are incorporated into the work, they will be replaced immediately with specified materials/products at no cost to the Owner, no change to the construction schedule and no operational impacts to the Owner. Certification: I/We, certify that the materials/products listed on the attached Conformance Certification List are incorporated into the work and are in full compliance with the specifications. I have read the above and agree to the terms. The General Contractor and the Sub -contractor must execute the provided Conformance Submittal for each product specified. General Contractor Address Printed Name Signature Authorized Representative(s) Date MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 66 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO FIRE SPRINKLER - PLAN REVIEW CHECKLIST The Sprinkler Contractor must prepare their sprinkler submittal in compliance with code and owner requirements prior to owner review. It will be the General Contractor and Sprinkler Contractors responsibility to verify the checklist prior to issuance to the Project Architect. The contractor shall comply with this checklist in its entirety, no exceptions will be acceptable. This checklist shall be signed/dated by the General Contractor and the Sprinkler Contractor and shall be included in the Sprinkler Contractors' Submittal. If the signed/dated checklist is not part of the submittal process, this will be grounds for rejection with no further review. The submittal process includes two sprinkler submittal reviews of all required documents, no partial submittals will be reviewed; partial submittals will be rejected and will count as one submittal. If neither of the first two reviews is approved, all additional reviews will be at the expense of the General Contractor, no exceptions. The following checklist shall be used to verify submittal requirements: ❑ Have read and understand the information indicated in the written specifications. ❑ Have reviewed the contract fire protection drawings and understand the intent of these plans. ❑ Understand that partial submittals will not be reviewed and will count as a rejection; this includes issuing fire pump data, material data, etc without the fire sprinkler drawings or calculations, no exceptions. ❑ Understand that the contract documents are valid in regards to owner and code compliance but are not working or fabrication plans. The Sprinkler contractor is responsible for the development of their working drawings for submittal purposes and responsible for all field construction and coordination items. ❑ Understand that changes cannot be incorporated into the contractors' plans unless an approval was given and the RFI process was followed. Unwarranted changes regardless of intent will be grounds for rejection. ❑ The plans developed by the Sprinkler Contractor shall contain their information and notes. The use of the contract bid title block and/or notes is prohibited and is automatic grounds for rejection. ❑ Shop drawings shall be prepared in accordance with, and shall contain all information per NFPA 13, "Working Plans", including a full height cross section, all system calculations as indicated on the contract plans, dry system volume, etc. ❑ Understand that the Fire Protection Contactors submittal shall be due within fifteen (15) working days of the award of contract to the General Contractor. The contractors' plans have been coordinated with other disciplines. This includes indicating the location of all surface mounted equipment (POS freezer/coolers, Produce Cooler, Tall Bakery Freezer, etc) and proper placement of sprinklers in regards to obstruction criteria and owner requirements. ❑ All system hydraulic calculations utilize the correct location of system calculations start point as illustrated on the contract documents, no other location will be acceptable. Outside Hose Allowances placed at the fire service lead-in location prior to entrance to the Warehouse. ❑ Understand that seismic requirements are not based upon state, local or city code. NFPA 13 indicates how seismic requirements are to be applied, not if it is required. Contractor shall review the adopted building code (IBC, CNBC, etc) to determine if seismic requirements should be applied, no exceptions. If seismic consideration is not required, contractor shall provide all information indicating that seismic bracing, restraint, etc for the project is not required, no exceptions. Indicating that it is not required by the local AHJ, state or city is not an acceptable answer. If seismic bracing, restraint, etc is required, supporting calculations for brace assemblies shall be included in the submittal as partial submittals will not be reviewed. General Contractor Name & Signature: Date Sprinkler Contractor Name & Signature: Date MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 67 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 I. PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO PERFORM PIPE INSPECTION ON ALL SPRINKLER PIPING. This inspection shall be performed by the senior warehouse manager and the supervising general contractor. This inspection shall take place prior to any pipe installations and after all piping is delivered to the site. The outcome of this inspection may require all sprinkler piping be re -ordered and delivered to the site, at the cost of the contractor. The following checklist shall determine if such action should be taken: Y N ❑ ❑ 01. All piping is capped (whether prefabricated or not). ❑ ❑ 02. All piping does not appear to show excessive outdoor exposure to rain or moisture. O 0 03. All piping is clear of excessive rust. ❑ 0 04. All piping appears to be undamaged by dents or bends. ❑ 0 05. All piping is not damaged by nearby construction activity. ❑ ❑ 06. All piping is not damaged by any excessive weight of materials stored above it. ❑ ❑ 07. All piping is stored in such a manner that protects it from excessive outdoor exposure. ❑ ❑ 08. All piping is not stored directly on the ground. O 0 09. All piping is NOT protected with clear plastic, which allows moisture to develop. ❑ ❑ 10. All piping indicates schedule and manufacturer & country (General Contractor to fill in blanks for item 10) SIGN BELOW IF ALL ITEMS ABOVE ARE CHECKED `YES', CONFIRMING THAT ALL PIPING HAS BEEN VERIFIED TO BE CONSISTENT WITH SPECIFICATIONS: (If any items are checked 'NO', notify MulvannyG2 Project Manager IMMEDIATELY and await further direction) Senior Warehouse Manager Name & Signature: Date Supervising General Contractor Name & Signature: Date This form will accompany the certificate of substantial completion prior to contractor final payment. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 68 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 .0 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO Costco Project Location: General Contractor: Fire Suppression CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM (City, State) (Company Name, Phone Number) (Address) System Sub -Contractor: (Company Name, Phone Number) (Address) The following product has been selected for use in this project from the list of acceptable products specified: Fire Sprinkler Head Manufacturer: Freezer/Cooler Dry Pendent Sprinkler manufacturer and model I represent to Costco Wholesale that the Fire Suppression System was installed in compliance with the project drawings, specifications, and applicable codes for the authorities having jurisdiction. I also represent that Freezer / Cooler Dry Pendent Sprinkler Heads were installed according to the attached detail, including minimum lengths, materials, and sizes. General Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) Fire Suppression System Sub -Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the Fire Suppression Sub -Contractor) (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the Fire Suppression Sub - Contractor) MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 69 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1. CORE DRILL HOLE IN THE FREEZER/COOLER INSULATED CEILING PANEL FROM BELOW. LOCATE HOLE AND REQUIRED SPRINKLER PROTECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA (SSP TYPE SPRINKLERS). MAINTAIN 6" CLEARANCE FROM COOLER SEAMS 2. INSTALL DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, INSERT BOOT PRIOR TO MACE -UP WITH PIPING. 3. COMPLETELY SEAL INTERFACE BETWEEN BOOT FLANGE AND TOP OF FREEZER/COOLER PANEL WITH ADHESIVE PROVIDED WITH BOOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCT)ONS. 4. APPLY STRAP TES AND/OR SELF DRILLING FASTENERS ON BOOT AROUND DRY SPRINKLER BARREL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 1" TEE 1MTH PLUG SUPPLY FROM WET PPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM OPTION 8 OPTION A 2-1/2" DIAMETER HOLE IN CEIUNG FREEZER/COOLER CEILING COVER PLATE TO NATOI CEIUNG COLOR, CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SUPPLY FROM WET PPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 1" TEE WITH PLUG 1" DRY SPRINKLER DROP 2 NYLON STRAP RES (INSTALL OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS) DEKnTE RUBBER SEAL BOOT PROVIDE SEALANT AND SELF DRILLING FASTENERS PER DATA SHEET, TYP FREEZER AREA NCTAUUC MODEL V3301.. STANDARD RESPONSE, 200T CONCEALED DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER (DO NOT USE RECESSED. SEMI -RECESSED OR EXTENDED ESCUTCHEON) LOW STOCK APPLICATION FREEZER/COOLER DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER NTS (VICTAUUC MODEL V3301 ONLY) NOTES: • THE USE OF 401 STYLE (OR EQUIVALENT EXTENDED ESCUTCHEONS) ARE PROHIBITED FOR USE MATH THE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER PER OWNER REQUIREMENTS. NO EXCEPTIONS. • SEE CONTRACT BID DOCUMENTS (DRAWINGS AND SPECIFlCAn0iS) FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 70 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1. CORE DRILL HOLE IN THE FREEZER/COOLER INSULATED CEILANG PANEL FROM BELOW. LOCATE HOLE AND REQUIRED SPRNKLER PROTECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA (SSP TYPE SPRINKLERS). MAINTAIN 6° CLEARANCE FROM COOLER SEAMS. 2, INSTALL DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. INSERT BOOT PRIOR TO MAKE-UP WITH PIPING. 3. COMPLETELY SEAL INTERFACE BETWEEN BOOT FLANGE AND TOP OF FREEZER/COOLER PANEL WITH ADHESIVE PROVIDED WITH BOOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 4. APPLY STRAP TIES AND/OR SELF DRILLING FASTENERS ON BOOT AROUND DRY SPRINKLER BARREL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 1" TEE WITH PLUG SUPPLY FROM WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 46 .7o; OPTION B 2-1/4" DIAMETER HOLE IN CEILING 1Hu/ER/COOLER - CEIUNG OPTION A SUPPLY FROM WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 1" TEE MTH PLUG 1" DRY SPR*NKLER DROP v9CNG DRY SPRINKLER INSULATING BOOT PROVIDE SELF DRILLING FASTENERS, TTP. PER DATA SHEET, TIP. i WFATE POLYESTER FINISH SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON A/D COVER PLATE ELEMENT ASSEMBLY SHOWN EXTENDED FOR CLARITY. ELEMENT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1/4" ABOVE BOTTOM FACE OF SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON FREEZER AREA VIKING MODEL VK482. STANDARD RESPONSE. 205E CONCEALED FLUSH DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER WITH WHITE POLYESTER FINISH (DO NOT USE RECESSED. SEMI -RECESSED OR EXTENDED ESCUTCHEON) LOW STOCK APPLICATION FREEZER/COOLER DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER NTS (VIKING MODEL VK482 ONLY) NOTES: ▪ THE USE OF 401 STYLE (OR EQUIVALENT EXTENDED ESCUTCHEONS) ARE PROHIBITED FOR USE WITH THE DRY PENDENT SPRNKLER PER OWNER REQUIREMENTS. NO EXCEPTIONS. ▪ SEE CONTRACT BID DOCUMENTS (DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS) FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 71 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1. CORE DRILL HOLE IN THE FREEZER/COOLER INSULATED CEILING PANEL FROM BELOW. LOCATE HOLE AND REQUIRED SPRINKLER PROTECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA (SSP TYPE SPRINKLERS). MAINTAIN 6' CLEARANCE FROM COOLER SEAMS. 2. INSTALL DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. INSERT BOOT PRIOR TO MAKE-UP WITH PIPING. 3. COMPLETELY SEAL INTERFACE BETWEEN BOOT FLANGE AND TOP OF FREEZER/COOLER PANEL WITH ADHESIVE PROVIDED WITH BOOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 4. APPLY STRAP TSS AND/OR SELF DRILLING FASTENERS ON BOOT AROUND DRY SPRINKLER BARREL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 1" TEE WITH PLUG SUPPLY FROM WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM c� z Os OPTION B io O� 2-5/E' TO 3' DIAMETER HOLE IN CEILING FREEZER/COOLER CEILING OPTION A SUPPLY FROM WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 1-1/4' TEE WITH PLUG 1-1/4" DRY SPRINKLER DROP VIKING DRY SPRINKLER INSULATING BOOT PROVIDE SELF DRILLING FASTENERS, TYP. PER DATA SHEET. TIP. FREEZER AREA SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON WITH ENT FINISH VM(ING MODEL VK545. STANDARD RESPONSE. 205F ADJUSTABLE RECESSED DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER WITH ENT FINISH (DO NOT USE EXTENDED ESCUTCHEON) HIGH STOCK APPLICATION FREEZER/COOLER DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER (VIKING MODEL VK545 ONLY, NTS NOTES: • THE USE OF 401 STYLE (OR EQUIVALENT EXTENDED ESCUTCONS) ARE PROHIBITED FOR USE WITH THE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER PER OWNER REQUIREMENTS. NO EXCEPTIONS. • SEE CONTRACT BID DOCUMENTS (DRAWINGS AND SPEOFICATIONS) FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 72 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO TRANE START-UP CHECKLIST: Pre Start-up — Precedent / Voyager / Impact Check sheet and Request for Serviceman Send this document to: Andy Palm — andrew.palm@trane.com or fax (425) 643 4314 Project Name: Transmit to GC Date: Complete this checklist as the unit is installed to verify that all recommended installation procedures are accomplished before the unit is started. This checklist does not replace the detailed instructions given in appropriate sections of the IOM manual. Always read the entire section carefully to become familiar with the procedures. Additional time required to complete the start-up and adjustment due to incompleteness of the installation will be invoiced at prevailing rates. Wiring: Power available [ System Can Be Operated Under Load Conditions [ ] General Unit Requirements: [ ] Check unit for shipping damage and material shortage. [ ] Set unit on curb; check for levelness. [ ] Install and connect drain lines to evaporator section condensate drain connections as required. [ ] Inspect the interior of the unit for tools and debris; remove any found. [ ] Verify that condenser airflow is unobstructed. [ ] Remove the tie -down bolts from under the compressor mounting frames if not already done. Refer to "Compressor Isolation" in the "Installation" section. ] Are the filters of the correct size and number, clean and in place? ] Has all work been done in accordance with applicable local and national codes? [ ] Remove shipping hold down bolts and shipping channels from supply and exhaust fans with. Refer to the IOM manual. ] Check supply and exhaust fan optional spring isolators for proper adjustment. ] Are all covers and access panels in place to prevent air Toss and safety hazards? ] Check that ductwork is complete and all air paths are open. [ ] Ensure the factory installed economizer and barometric relief (if supplied) has been pulled out or installed into the operating position. Economizer must be sealed with silicone per the unit IOM. ] Install all access panels. ] Confirm that mist eliminators are properly installed per unit IOM. [ Requirements for Gas Heat Option: [ ] Connect properly sized gas supply line to factory -installed gas piping in unit heat section (control compartment). [ ] Apply proper joint sealant on all gas piping connections. [ ] Install drip leg in gas piping near unit. [ ] Check gas piping for leaks with a soap solution. [ ] Purge the gas line of all air. Measure and record gas supply pressure. See IOM for required value record value. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 73 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO Field Installed Accessories: [ ] Confirm that filter racks are properly installed in Trane Impack units. (Typically AC -05, AC -06 & AC -33) [ ] Confirm that crankcase heaters are properly installed and wired in Trane Impack units. (Typically AC -05, AC -06 & AC -33) [ ] Confirm that combustion fan flues are properly installed in Trane Impack units. (Typically AC -05, AC -06 & AC -33) [ ] Confirm that filter access doors are properly installed in Trane Impack units. (Typically AC -05, AC -06 & AC -33) Electrical: o Unlike traditional reciprocating compressors, scroll compressors are phase sensitive. Proper phasing of the electrical supply to the unit is critical for proper operation and reliability. o The compressor motor is internally connected for clockwise rotation with the incoming power supply phased as A, B, C. o Proper electrical supply phasing can be quickly determined and corrected before starting the unit by using an instrument such as an Associated Research Model 45 Phase Sequence Indicator and following the steps below: Phase Sequence Leads r Unit Power Terminal Black (phase A) ; L1 Red (phase B) L2 Yellow (phase C) ; L3 WARNING! High voltage is present at some control components with main unit disconnect closed. Use care when working near energized electrical components to prevent injury or death due to electrical shock. Note: All field -installed wiring must comply with NEC and applicable local codes. ] Power to unit (Correct voltage) ] Fuses in disconnect. ] Check power supply voltage to the unit at the main power fused disconnect switch. Voltage must be within the voltage utilization range. Voltage imbalance must not exceed 2 percent. Refer to "Unit Voltage". ] Properly ground the unit. ] Check all field -installed electrical connections for accuracy: all wiring terminations should be clean and tight. ] All factory screws MUST be replaced after work is complete in high voltage section of unit. Checklist Completed By: Signed: Dated: MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 74 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO NOVAR STARTUP CHECKLIST: Novar Site Readiness Checklist for a Costco Warehouse: DATE: February 23, 2018 JOB: WAREHOUSE: CITY: ST: DIRECTIONS: Please complete the following checklist, (yes or no with completion date) and email it to Cody Hatch and Rebecca Wilding (Cody.Hatch@novar.com, Rebecca.Wilding@novar.com) if you are unable to email, fax to Rebecca at (330) 247-9415. Call Cody at (216) 682-1482 to discuss status and scheduling of the startup of the Novar EMS. Novar requires 2 weeks notice to schedule the site visit. Items that are not complete at the time this form is completed should be marked with the completion date; all items must be complete prior to Novar's arrival on site. All of the above items are complete and we want to schedule Novar on site for startup the week of MG2 Page 75 of 84 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Current as of February 23, 2018 Electrical Items: Yes When 1 Permanent power to all electrical Panels 2 Interior lighting installed and wired per the plans 3 Interior lighting circuit layout been tested and verified by the EC 5 Exterior lighting installed and wired per the plans 6 Exterior lighting circuit layout been tested and verified by the EC 7 120 Volt power to the Novar XCM2OR located in the EDP room 8 Power to VAV-1 Vault VAV box 9 120 volt power to the Douglas lighting modules (applicable to Canada) 10 Has Douglas Lighting programmed the lighting modules (applicable to Canada) 11 All Rooftop units powered up HVAC Items: 12 Has all the Rooftop units been set in place per the plans 13 Has Natural Gas been supplied to the Rooftop Units and applicable Gas Unit Heaters 14 Has all the Rooftop units and VAV boxes been started up and performance tested 14 Has the air balancer performed their operation check 15 EF -5, EF -11 and 12 powered and operational Network Connectivity (Costco) 16 Ethernet connection the XCM2OR EDP room Address.31 17 Two Ethernet connections for the Douglas lighting panels in the rear electrical mezzanine (applicable to Canada) WWC-2133 Address .33, WNP-2156 Address .34 18 Ethernet connection to the SQD power meter in the rear electrical mezzanine Address .35 19 Ethernet connection to the SqD lighting panel in the rear electrical mezzanine Address .33 20 Ethernet connection to the SqD lighting panel in the front electrical room Address .34 21 T1 line installed and operational 22 Server room up and operational All of the above items are complete and we want to schedule Novar on site for startup the week of MG2 Page 75 of 84 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Current as of February 23, 2018 1 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO Novar installation and commissioning time line: o Pre cabling — 5-7 business days. Mount temperature sensor, wire communications to the units (all units must be placed on the roof), Mount Novar XCM (EDP room), Mount remote I/O devices (exhaust fan status). We prefer to do the pre cabling prior to the racking being installed and when all the interior walls are in place. o Commissioning phase: o Lighting verification takes 1-2 days if all the above items are completed o HVAC verification takes 3-5 days if all the above items are completed o Novar remote commissioning verification 2-3 days o Total commissioning time is 6 -10 business days, 2 guys if all the above is completed NOTE: If Novar is unable to complete the startup during this site visit, an extra trip charge will apply and ultimately be the responsibility of the General Contractor. Extra trip charges MUST be pre -paid in advance at a minimum charge of $2,200.00 USD per viisit; actual amount to be determined at time of additional trip request. Deficiencies not cleared may require additional trips starting at the same minimum charge mentioned above. All trade deficiencies are expected to be resolved two week prior to VIP night. PM Name PM Signature GC Name GC Signature EC Name EC Signature MC Name MC Signature MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 76 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO 1 CONDITIONAL LIEN WAIVER 2 3 4 From: Project: 5 (Name of Firm Giving Release) 6 (for all states except California, Hawaii and Mexico) 7 8 (Business Phone) (Project Name) (Project Address) 9 Contact Person: Project Manager: 10 Contact Telephone: Project Telephone: CONDITIONAL RELEASE The undersigned does hereby acknowledge that upon receipt by the undersigned of a check from Costco Wholesale in the sum of $ and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn, this document shall become effective to release pro tanto any and all claims and rights of lien which the undersigned has on the above -referenced job. This release covers a progress payment for labor, services, equipment, materials furnished and/or claims through (date) , 20 only and does not cover any retention or items furnished after that date. Before any recipient of this document relies on it, said party should verify evidence of payment to the undersigned. I CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER THE LAWS OF THIS STATE THAT THE ABOVE IS A TRUE AND CORRECT STATEMENT. Signature: (Authorized Corporate Officer/Partner/Owner) (Title) Dated this day of , 20 at (City, State) 11 12 (Notarize form if required by State where Project is located.) 13 14 Subscribed and sworn to before me this 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 day of . 20 (Signature) (Print Name) Notary Public in and for the State of 22 Residing at 23 (City, State) 24 (Notary Seal) 25 26 27 My commission expires: MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 77 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 •1 r" y 1 2 3 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO CONDITIONAL LIEN WAIVER (for California only) 4 From: Project: 5 (Name of Firm Giving Release) 6 7 (Business Phone) (Project Address) 8 9 Contact Person: Project Manager: 10 Contact Telephone: Project Telephone: (Project Name) 11 12 13 CONDITIONAL RELEASE The undersigned does hereby acknowledge that upon receipt by the undersigned of a check from Costco Wholesale in the sum of $ and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn, this document shall become effective to release pro tanto any and all claims and rights of lien which the undersigned has on the above -referenced job. This release covers a progress payment for labor, services, equipment, materials fumished and/or claims through (date) , 20 only and does not cover any retention or items furnished after that date. Before any recipient of this document relies on it, said party should verify evidence of payment to the undersigned. I CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER THE LAWS OF THIS STATE THAT THE ABOVE IS A TRUE AND CORRECT STATEMENT. Signature: (Authorized Corporate Officer/Partner/Owner) (Title) Dated this day of , 20 at (City, State) State of California County of 14 On before me, personally 15 appeared , who proved to me on the basis of 16 satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged 17 to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) 18 on the instrument, the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. 19 20 I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is 21 true and correct. 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 WITNESS my hand and official seaL (Signature) (Print Name) MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 78 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 1 2 3 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO CONDITIONAL LIEN WAIVER (for Hawaii only) 4 From: Project: 5 (Name of Firm Giving Release) 6 7 8 (Business Phone) (Project Name) (Project Address) 9 Contact Person: Project Manager: 10 Contact Telephone: Project Telephone: 11 CONDITIONAL RELEASE The undersigned does hereby acknowledge that upon receipt by the undersigned of a check from Costco Wholesale and in the sum of $ and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn, this document shall become effective to release pro tanto any and all claims and rights of lien which the undersigned has on the above -referenced job. This release covers a progress payment for labor, services, equipment, materials furnished and/or claims through (date) , 20_only and does not cover any retention or items furnished after that date. Before any recipient of this document relies on it, said party should verify evidence of payment to the undersigned. I CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER THE LAWS OF THIS STATE THAT THE ABOVE IS A TRUE AND CORRECT STATEMENT. Signature: (Authorized Corporate Officer/Partner/Owner) (Title) Dated this day of , 20 at (City, State) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of . 20 Signature Print Name Notary Public in and for the State of Residing at (City) My Commission Expires: Doc. Date # Pages Notaty Name Venue Notary Signature Date Doc. Description Conditional Lien Release MG2 Page 79 of 84 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Current as of February 23, 2018 1 2 3 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO CONDITIONAL LIEN WAIVER (for Mexico only) 4 From: Project: 5 (Name of Firm Giving Release) 6 7 (Business Phone) 8 9 (Project Name) (Project Address) 10 Contact Person: Project Manager: 11 Contact Telephone: Project Telephone: CONDITIONAL RELEASE The undersigned does hereby acknowledge that upon receipt by the undersigned of a check from Costco Wholesale in the sum of $ and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn, this document shall become effective to release pro tanto any and all claims and rights of lien which the undersigned has on the above -referenced job. This release covers a progress payment for labor, services, equipment, materials fumished, and/or claims through (date) , 20 only and does not cover any retention or items furnished after that date. Before any recipient of this document relies on it, said party should verify evidence of payment to the undersigned. I CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER THE LAWS OF THIS STATE THAT THE ABOVE IS A TRUE AND CORRECT STATEMENT. Signature: (Authorized Corporate Officer/Partner/Owner) (Title) Dated this day of , 20 at (City, State) 12 MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 80 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO SPECIFICATION SECTION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS WARRANTIES OTHER REQUIREMENTS Sealer-Hardener-Densifier X 20 years for dustproofing Floor Joint Filler X 5 years Adhered Masonry Veneer X Product data sheets (with colors used). Folding Ladders 5 years Fiberglass Reinforced Panels X 5 years Polycarbonate Panels X 10 years Product data sheets (with colors used). Decorative Panels X 5 years Product data sheets (with colors used). Sheet Waterproofing X Manufacturer's standard Water Repellents X 5 years Exterior Insulation & Finish System X Manufacturer's standard Product data sheets (with colors used). Exterior Finish System X Manufacturer's standard Product data sheets (with colors used). Clay/Concrete Roof Tiles X Manufacturer's standard Metal Roof Panels X 25 years Product data sheets (with colors used). Metal Wall Panels X 25 years Product data sheets (with colors used). Insulated Metal Wall Panels X 25 years Product data sheets (with colors used). Built -Up Roofing (new) X 20 years NDL Membrane Roofing (new) X 20 years NDL Coated Foam Roofing (new) X 20 years NDL Roof Hatches X 10 years Roof Curbs X 25 years Snow Guards X Intumescent Fireproofing X 2 years Cementitious Fireproofing X 2 years Firestopping X 2 years Joint Sealants X 2 years Expansion Controls X Metal Doors and Frames X 2 years Wood Doors X Lifetime Overhead Doors X 3 years Storefronts and Entrances X 2 years Sliding Entrances X 3 years Pass -Through Windows X 2 years Security Window & Receiver X Unit Skylights & Smoke Venting Skylights X 25 years MG2 Page 81 of 84 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO SPECIFICATION SECTION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS WARRANTIES OTHER REQUIREMENTS Door Hardware X • Mail Slot: 1 year • Hinges & Electric Strikes: 2 years • Magnetic Locks: 2 years • Exit Controllers: 2 years • Weatherstripping: 3 years • Astragals: 3 years • Exit Devices: 4 years • Locksets: 4 years • Closers: 11 years • Electromagnet: 2 years Glazing X Tiling X Extra Materials (20 pieces of each tile and color, labeled with manufacturer's name, product number and color) Color photos Transmittal Acoustical Ceilings X Extra Materials (two boxes of each ceiling panel, labeled with manufacturer's name, product number and color) Color photos Transmittal Resilient Flooring X Extra Materials (two boxes of each floor tile and color, labeled with manufacturer's name, product number and color) Color photos Polymer Flooring X 2 years (joint) 5 years (limited) Tile Carpeting X Adhesives: 15 years Painting X • Elastomeric Coatings on new CMU & Concrete: 10 years • Graphic Stripes, Logo, Signage: 7 years • Exterior Steel: 7 years Extra Materials (five gallons of each color, labeled with manufacturer's name and product number and color) Color photos Transmittal Anti -Graffiti Coatings X 5 years Exterior Signage X • Reverse Pan: 10 years • Flat -Cut ACM: 20 years Product data sheets (with colors used). Toilet Compartments X Manufacturer's standard Toilet Accessories X Bird Control Devices X 5 years Dock Equipment X • Dock Seals: 1 year • Dock Lights: 2 years • Dock Bumpers: 3 years • Dock Leveler (Structural): 10 years • Dock Leveler (Lip, Hinges, Shaft, Plate, Beams, Frame): 20 years • Dock Leveler (Other Parts): 5 years • Vehicle Restraints (Structural): 10 years • Vehicle Restraints (Other Parts): 5 years Site Furnishing X Elevators X 1 year Escalators X 1 year MG2 Page 82 of 84 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Current as of February 23, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO SPECIFICATION SECTION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS WARRANTIES OTHER REQUIREMENTS Moving Walks X 1 year Cart Conveyors X 1 year Metal Building Systems X • Roof and Wall Panels: 25 years • Skylights: 25 years • Smoke Venting Skylights: 25 years • Roof Hatches: 10 years • Exterior Signage (Reverse Pan): 10 years • Exterior Signage (Flat -Cut): 20 years Paint product data sheets (with colors used). Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems X 2 years Wet Chemical Fire Extinguishing System X 2 years Insulation - Plumbing Certificates of compliance (UL listing, jurisdictional approval, certified performance guarantees) Domestic Water System X Water Heaters: 3 years Test Data Certificates Guarantees Mechanical Work, General X Permits Pressure Vessel Certificates Air Balance Report Operations & Maintenance Manuals (for cook fans, dampers, spot heaters, air curtains) Maintenance Tools (for water closet, urinal, lavatory, mop sink, service sink, eye wash, drinking fountain, hose bib, water heater, circulator pump, backflow preventers, wash fountain) Control Diagrams Test Reports (Hydrostatic Test) Certificates of Compliance Certificates of Inspections Certificates of Completion HVAC Tracer 100 Building Management System Basic Materials and Methods Maintenance Materials (3 -month supply of filters, lubricants, etc.) Air Balancing Reports (same as above Section 0230000) Pressure Vessel Certificates (same as above Section 0230000) Certificates of Inspections Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Test Reports Certificates of Approval/Completion Guarantees/W arranti es As -Built Drawings Fuel Gas Piping & Equipment X Test Data Certificates G uarantees/W arranti es Air Distribution System X Balancing Reports Test Reports Certificates of Approval/Completion Guarantees/Warranties As -Built Drawings Controls and Automation X 1 year Trane sends this directly to Costco. MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Current as of February 23, 2018 Page 83 of 84 PROJECT MANUAL FOR WAREHOUSE PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE - USA & MEXICO SPECIFICATION SECTION OPERATION MAINTENANCE MANUALS WARRANTIES OTHER REQUIREMENTS General Provisions - Electrical Permits Sign -Off Reports of all Testing & Demonstrations Operations & Maintenance Manuals (for main switchboard, sub -distribution panel, 480 volt panels, 208 volt panels, transformers, safety switches, fuses, floor duct, lighting fixtures, lamps, flexible wiring system, parking lot lighting, MATV system, bakery & meat miscellaneous) Ground Fault Coordinate Study Report Fire Detection and Alarm X 1 year Test Result Report Central Fire Station Monitoring Contract: One year Asphalt Paving 2 years Asphalt Paving Repairs 2 years Traffic Control Devices X Manufacturer's standard Pavement Markings X Cast -in -Place Tactile Warning Surfacing X 5 years Surface -Applied Tactile Waming Surfacing X 5 years Chain -Link Fencing X Irrigation X 1 year Maintenance materials as specified. Planting 1 year Landscape and Irrigation Maintenance X 1 year MG2 LIMITED SCOPE WAREHOUSE REMODEL COSTCO WHOLESALE Page 84 of 84 Current as of February 23, 2018 12/3/2019 r1 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development LUCAS WEIGEL 400 COSTCO DRIVE, STE #150 TUKWILA, WA 98188 RE: Permit No. D18-0124 COSTCO WHOLESALE 400 COSTCO DR Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 1/13/2020. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 1/13/2020, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: D18-0124 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 4/1/2019 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development LUCAS WEIGEL 400 COSTCO DRIVE, STE #150 TUKWILA, WA 98188 RE: Permit No. D 18-0124 COSTCO WHOLESALE 400 COSTCO DR Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 5/15/2019. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 5/15/2019, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, 4anit,i,tsao ),,,,I.,,,it,,v,,‘ - dace Nichols Permit Technician File No: D18-0124 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 1 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director November 19, 2018 Lucas Weigel 400 Costco Dr, Ste #150 Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Request for Extension #1 Permit Number D18-0124 Dear Mr. Weigel, This letter is in response to your written request for an extension to Permit D18-0124. The Building Official, Jerry Hight, has reviewed your letter and considered your request to extend the above referenced permit. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila Building Division will be granting an extension to the permit through May 15, 2019. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431-3670. Sincerely, 41)(1/1r Rachelle Ripley J Permit Technician File: Permit No. D18-0124 Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website: TukwilaWA.gov f \ Rachelle Ripley f \ From: W006 EXP <w006exp@costco.com> Sent: Thursday, November 15, 2018 3:11 PM To: Rachelle Ripley Subject: Tukwila Permit D18-0124 Hi Rachelle, I am emailing regarding permit number D18-0124. We are asking for an extension because the materials needed for the build of the ante room have not been completed yet. We are waiting on a custom made bullet proof glass to start construction. Please let me know if you need any additional information from me. Thank you! Nikki Juhl Expense Clerk Costco 06 206-575-9191 CAUTION: This email originated from outside the City of Tukwila network. Please DO NOT open attachments or click links from an unknown or suspicious origin. I 1 Request for Extension # l , li . Current E piration Date: — , i Extension request: Approved for 7 Denied (provide explanation) Signature; nitials 1 days 10/1/2018 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development LUCAS WEIGEL 400 COSTCO DRIVE ST #150 TUKWILA, WA 98188 RE: Permit No. D18-0124 COSTCO WHOLESALE 400 COSTCO DR Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 11/17/2018. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 11/17/2018, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, \r")/1 '617 Rachelle Rip ey Permit Technician File No: D18-0124 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PERMIT COORS COPY. C L' PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D18-0124 DATE: 04/29/18 PROJECT NAME: COSTCO WHOLESALE SITE ADDRESS: 400 COSTCO DR X Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 5-3—(8 Building Division Jubailic WIWIorks 411111 4- kwC 5-11-(5 1-.,v Fire Prevention Planning Division MI Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) DATE: 05/01/18 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 05/29/18 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Corrections Required ❑ Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping ❑ PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION IN Home Espanol Contact Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Washington State Department of kjLabor & Industries 7\ Search L&I Page 1 of 3 A -Z Index help Tiy L&I Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION INC Owner or tradesperson Principals VACURA, TODD M, PRESIDENT BENNETT, GARY J, VICE PRESIDENT JANSSEN, CHRIS L, SECRETARY PRESCOTT, LARRY (End: 01/01/1980) BENNETT, GARY J, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 04/30/2012) EASTON, MARGO, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 05/05/2004) LUNSFORD, LARRY JR, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 05/09/2002) RAFTERY, CHRIS, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 05/09/2002) SURINA, DON, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 05/09/2002) HALL, JAY L, TREASURER (End: 05/09/2002) COLIN, GENE J, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (End: 05/10/2016) BALBO, TOM C, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 10/11/2011) Doing business as FERGUSON CONSTRUCTION INC WA UBI No. 578 023 619 13810 SE EASTGAE WAY STE 110 BELLEVUE, WA 98005-4417 425-974-8400 KING County Business type Corporation Governing persons GENE J COLIN TODD VACURA; LARRY R PRESCOTT; TOM BALBO; GARY BENNETT; JAMES E DE FRANCO; CHRIS JANSSEN; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active. Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=578023619&LIC=FERGUCI000LA&SAW= 5/21/2018 Cosirco, WHOLESALE 400 COSTCO DRIVE TUKWILA, WA 98188 RIR - i ar`s^r�y1" 5 I 1 _ .Au;rr1 1 fit': :v r:'.Wn sllbrr de adcaional plan reviRv, Tees Ii PROJECT DIRECTORY OWNER ARCHITECT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER MECHANICAL ENGINEER ELECTRICAL ENGINEER ENERGY MANAGEMENT COSTCO WHOLESALE 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 t 425.313.5100 MG2 CORPORATION 1101 SECOND AVE. SUITE 100 SEATTLE, WA 98101 t 206.952.6500 206,962.6499 PROJECT MANAGER: TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT ENGINEERS NORTHWEST 9725 THIRD AVE. N.E., SUITE 207 SEATTLE, WA 98115 T: 206.525,7560 F: 206,522.6698 T.E., INC. 830 N. RIVERSIDE DRIVE. SUITE,200 RENTON, WA 98055 T. 425.970.3753 F: 425,970.3756 T.E., IINC. 830 N. RIVERSIDE DRIVE SUITE 200 RENTON, WA 98055 t 425.970.3753 I: 425.970.3756 TRANE COMPANY 2333 15881'COURT NE BELLEVUE, WA 98008 T: 425 643 4310 F: 425,643:4314 DRAWING INDEX T5101 TITLE SHEET ARCHITECTURAL SD201 SITE DETAILS A502 VAULT AND ANTE ROOM, PLANS, SECTION AND DETAALS STRUCTURAL S1..1 STRONGBACK OPENING, DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES MECHANICAL (AND ELECTRICAL) ME-1 PARTIAL FLOOR, ENLARGED POWER, LIGHTING AND HVAC PLANS, LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE LEGEND AND NOTES L PROJECT GENERAL NOTES SCOPE OF WORK BUILDING: THE WORK INCLUDES BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS AND FINISHES, ITEMS FURNISHES BY THE OWNER AND INSTALLED IBY THE CONTRACTOR AND ITEMS FINISHES AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER WITH FINAL CONNECTIONS BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE WORK ALSO INCLUDES, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL/LIGHTING SYSTEMS.. SITE WORK: THIS WORK INCLUDES REMOVING ONE (11) PARKING STALL AC SYSTEMS, ENERGY PROJECT DESCRIPTION VICINITY MAP TENANT IMPROVEMENT INCLUDES MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY BUILDING WITH FULLY AUTOMATIC FIRE -PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DING ANTE ROOM TO THE EXISTING VAULT IN AN EXISTING 212,266 SQUARE FOOT CODE ANALYSIS APPLICABLE. BUILDING CODE: 2015, INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2015,INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE 2015 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2015 WASHIINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 2015 WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2009 ANSI ZONING: C.D, OCCUPANCY GROUPS., M CONSTRUCTION TYIPE: TYPE V-B [FULLY SPRINKLERED] S. OTH COSTCO DRIVE Ill ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS SYMBOLS DETAIL DETAIL IDENTIFICATION CUT LINE - DEFINES THE DETAILED ELEMENT -SHEET WHERE DRAWN WALL SECTION DETAIL IDENTIFICATION CUT LINE - DEFINES THE DETAILED ELEMENT SHEET WHERE DRAWN INTERIOR ELEVATION DETAIL IDENTIFICATION MEET WHERE DRAWN WALL TYPES 3 518' METAL STUDS UNO AT 18' OC WITH GYM - PAINTED EACH FACE LINO PER SCHEDULE METAL INSULATED PANELS FREEZER! COOLER WALLS PO) ITEM SIO OR NIC ARCHITECTU NEW CONSTRUCTION - SHOWN SOLID EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN • SHOWN LIGHT BACKGROUND EXISTING COINSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED - SHOWN DASHED ===1 II l II / u_ MATERIALS Ii ACOUSTICAL TILE STEEL WOOD BLOCKING I� J WOOD MEMBER. RAL ABBREVIATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ABBREEVIATIONS: SEE OTHER DESIGN DISCIPLINES AN'D A609 AFF BFF BOT CL CLR CLG CMU COL CONC EA ELEV EQ EXT FF FRPP FRT FTOF GC GWB HORIIZ HVAC IBC NTS DC 0 TO 0 PERP PUYWD R ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (SLAB) BELOW FINISHED FLOOR (SLAB) BOTTOM CENTER LINE CLEAR CEILNG CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COLUMN CONCRETE EACH ELEVATION EQUAL EXTERIOR FACTORY FINISH FIBER REINIFORCED PLASTIC PANELS) FIRE. RETARDANT TREATED FINISH 70 FINISH FACE GENERAL CONTRACTOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD, GYPSUM HORIZONTAL HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING INTERNATIONAL. BUILDING CODE NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OUT TO OUT PERPENDICULAR PLYWOOD RADIUS RCP RD RL REFRIG SI0 SIV SOIC SOIV SO SS SST STD STL STRUCT TOJ TOM TOP TOS TOW T9B TYP LINO VERT VIE WI W10 WD REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ROOF DRAIN RAIN LEADER REFRIGERATION( SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR. SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY VENDOR SQUARE SERVICE SINK,. SANITARY SEWER STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD STEEL STRUCTURE, STRUCTURAL TOP OP JOIST TOP 01F MASONRY TOP OIF PARAPET TOP OF STEEL TOP OF WALL TOP AND BOTTOM TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERTICAL VERIFY IN FIELD WITH WITHOUT IN000 GENERAL NOTES 1. THESE GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO THE ENTIRE PROJECT AND APPLY TO ALL TRADES. 2. DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PREPARED ON AN ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE OF 30X42-INCHES, 3, CONSULT DRAWINGS OTHER THAN ARCHITECTUIRAL. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS. 4. CONDITION'S AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SITE PLANS ARE (FROM A SURVEY PREPARED BY OTHERS OR FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS. THE ARCHITECT BEARS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OF INFORMATION SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR IS (RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING INFORMATION SHOWN PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK, a. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE SIZE AND LOCATIION OF ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND AND ABOVE GROUND UTILITIES. 4. VERIFY ALL INVERT ELEVATIONS AT POINTS OF CONNECTIONS OF NEW WORK PRIOR TD STARTING ANY WORK. t. EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN HAVE BEEN OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND ARIE SHOWN FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY. 0. IF NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE. WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ANY ADDITIONAL UTILITY LOCATIONS AND SIZES NOT SHOWN. 5, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL.. POSSIBLE CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE OR DISTURBANCE TO EXISTING UTILITIES AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ANY CONTRACTOR -CAUSED DAMAGE TO THE UTILITIES. SUCH REPAIRS SHALL BE DONE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE AND IN SUCH A MANNER A5 TO BE LEAST -DISRUPTIVE AS POSSIBLE TO THE OWNEIR'S OPERATIONS, b. DO LNOTINE) SCALE THE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN DIMENSIONS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN USE ACTUAL FIELD MEASUREMENTS.. 7. DIMENSIONS ARE TO/FROM THE' a. CENTERLINIE OF INTERIOR COLUMN'S. b. GRID LINES ADJACENT TO THE EXTERIOR WALL (FACE OF THE COLUMN CLOSEST' TO THE EXTERIOR WALL IS THE GRID c. EDGE OR CENTERLINE OF OPENINGS AS VINDICATED,. d, FACE Of STUDS. e. FACE OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY (NOMINAL) ALL HEIGHTS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM THE TOP OF THE SLAB (ALSO NOTED AS FINISHIED FLOOR DR INDICATED BY THE 'IDATUM'SYMBOL)UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. g, ALL DIMENSIONS NIOTED'CLEAR' SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THE THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES INCLUDING CARPETING„ TILE, WAINSCOT AND TRIM. h. ALL DOORS NOT LOCATED BY DIMENSIONS ON PLANTS OR DETAILS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THE EDGE OF THE DOOR OPENING IS 6-INCHES AWAY FROM THE FACE OF ANY ADJOINING, INTERSECTING WALL. 8. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. NEITHER THE ARCHITECT NOR HIS CONSULTANTS ARE RESPONISIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF THESE DIMENSIONS, IF EXISTING CONDITIONS OR DIMENSIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN, IMMIEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DIISCIR'EPANCIES. 9. VERIFY ALL ROUGII#IN DIMENSIONS FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND/OR INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS, OWNER OR OTHERS. 10, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT DRAWINGS OF ALL TRADES FOR OPENINGS THROUGH SLABS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS FOR DUCTS„ PIPES, CONDUIT, CABINETS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. AND SHALL VERIFY THE SIZES AND LOCATIONS WITH SUBCONTRACTORS. 11, PLACE NO OBSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING MAINS, PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC. OF ANY KIND SO AS TO IMPAIR GIVEN CEILING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCES. RUN PIPING, CONDUITS, ETC. IN JOIST DEPTH D'0 NOT RUN BELOW SKYLIGHTS. 12. ALL CONDUITS, PIPING, ETC. SHALL RUN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS; DO NOT RUN AT AN ANGLE TO THE WALLS. 13. IN ROOMS OR SPACES SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE WALL AND/OR CEILING FINISHES, DO NOT RUN EXPOSED CONDUITS, PIPING, ETC. ON WALLS OR CEILINGS. 14. ALL WORK IS TO BE PLUMB, LEVEL, TRNE TO LINE, AND STRAIGHT, 15. ALL JOINTS ARE TO BE TIGHT, STRAIGHT, .EVEN, AND SMOOTH, 18. ALL MATERIAL IS NEW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 17. PROVIDE ALL F WIENERS AND CONNECTIONS (WHETHER INDICATED OR NOT) NECESSARY TO ASSEMBLE THE WORK. 15 PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING/BACKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SINKS, WALL BRACKETS AND WALL -HUNG ITEMS. 19. PREPARE SURFACE AND REMOVE SURFACE FINISHES TO PROVIDE FOR PROPER INISTALLATION ON NEW WORK AND FINISHES. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 20. REPAIR, PATCH, OR REPLACE PORTIONS OF WORK THAT ARE DAMAGED, LIFTED, DISCOLORED, OR SHOWING OTHER IMPERFECTIONS. 21, PENETRATIONS OF RATED ASSEMBLIES SHAM BE SEALED WITH AN APPROVED MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE JURISDICTION. 22. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL. NOT AFFECT THE OWNIER'S OPERATIONS,LOUD ACTIVITIES (JACK -HAMMERING, SAW -CUTTING, ETC.) AND ANY WORK REQUIRING INTERRUPTIONS OF UTILITIES (WATER, ELECTRICITY, GAS, FIRE SPRINKLERS/ALARM, SEWER, ETC.) SHALL BE PERFORMED DURING NON -BUSINESS HOURS AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER, ENSURE UNINTERRUPTED SECURITY ANID PHONE SYSTEMS OPERATION. 23. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONISIBLE FOR JOBSITE SAFETY AND SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES, SIGNS, REFLECTORS, LIGHTS, ETC. TO PROPERLY IDENTIFY AREAS CLOSED 70 THE PUBLIC AND FOR PROVIDING SAFETY ALERTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 24. ALL WORK ITS TO COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES. NO PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY BE CONSTRUED TO REQUIRE OR PERMIT WORK.. CONTRARY TO A GOVERNING REGULATION 25. PROVIDE SEALANT AND BACKER ROD ALL AROUND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS (CONDUITS, FIXTURES, ETC.) AND OPENINGS (DOOR FRAMES, WINDOWS, ETC.). 26. THE. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM IF CONCRETE SLABS ARE POST -TENSIONED. IF ANY SLAB.IS POST -TENSIONED, THE CONITRACTOR SHALL ACCURATELY LOCATE TENDONS, CONDUITS, PIPES, ETC. USING NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHOIOS SUCH AS IMAGING, INDUCED CURRENT METAL DETECTOR, ETC. AS. RECOMMENDED BY THE POST -TENSIONING INSTITUTE. IF ANY PROPOSED PENETRATION IS IN CONFLICT WITH TENDONS, ETC., IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK. DEMOLITION AND REMODEL CONSTRUCTION GENIERAL NOTES 1. THE BUILDING WILL BE OCCUPIED AND TIN FULL USE BY THE OWNER DURING CONSTRUCTIOIN. 2. CONSTRUCTION THAT MAY AFFECT THE PUBLIC SHALL BE DONE DURING OFF -HOURS 3. AREAS OF DEMOLITION SHALL IINCLUDE,BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, ANY STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FORE SPRINKLER,ETC. ITEMS NIECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE DEMOLITION WORK. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE ALL WALLS, BOLLARDS, MISC. STEEL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, RAISED CONCRETE SLAB, CURBS, RUMPS, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH DEMOLITION OF AREAS SHOWN. 4. ALL REMOVED ITEMS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REUSE SHALL BE OFFERED IN GOOD CONDITION TO THE OWNER. DURING THE BIDDING PERIOD, COORDINATE ANO VERIFY WITH THE OWNER AS TO WHICH ITEMS ARE TO BE SALVAGED. 5. DO NOT INTERRUPT ANY SERVIICES {WATER, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLER, ETC.) WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE OWNER. MAINTAIN. FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN OPERATING CONDITION AT ALL TIMES, NOTIFY THE OWNER AND COORDINATE AT LEAST 48-HOURS BEFORE PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY DISABLING THE FIRE SPRINKLER OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. PROVIDE FIRE -WATCH AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTION. 7. PROVIDE AND MAIINTAINI EGRESS PATHS THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXIT SIGNS, LIGHTING, FIRE SPRINKLERS, ETC. OBTAIN FIRE MARSHAL APPROVAL PRIOR TO CLOSING ANY EGRESS OPENINGS AND/OR EGRESS PATHS DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES WITHIN PROXIMITY OF THE WORK AREA PRIOR TO EXCAVATION, 9. EX1STINIG UTILITIES SHOWN HAVE BEEN OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND ARE SHOWN FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY. VERIFY ALL INVERT ELEVATIONS AT POINTS OF CONNECTIONS OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. 10. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUST PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED 70 PREVENT DUST AND DEBRIS FROM SETTLING ON. ADJACENT AREAS NOT UNDER CONSTRUCTION. REVIEW WITH AND OBTAIN OWNER'S APPROVAL FOR LOCATIONS. 111. CAP ALLPATCHING. IUTILITTIES AND DRAIN LINES BELOW THE FLOOR AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FLOOR 12. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING OR REPLACING ITEMS DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. 13. WHEN CUTTING AND PATCHING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE METHIODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE ELEMENTS RETAINED OR ADJOINING SURFACEES, CUT HOLES AND SLOTS AS SMALL AS PRACTICAL/POSSIBLE, NEATLY TO SIZE REQUIRED AND WITH MINIMUM DISTURBANCES OF ADJACENT MATERIALS. 14. WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS REMOVED, CUT OR OTHERWISE. DISTURBED, PATCHITO MATCH THE EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES. SEAMS TO IBE AS INVISIBLE AS PRACTICAL REPAIRED FINISHES SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE NEAREST VISUAL BREAK LINES SUCH AS CORNERS, CEILING LINES, TOP OF BASE, ETC. 15 WHERE NEW WORK ABUTS OR ALIGNS WITH EXISTING PERFORM A SMOOTH AND EVEN TRANSITION,. PATCHED WORK TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WORK IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE 16, REMOVE ANID REIPLACE AREAS, SURFACES OR, ITEMS THAT CANNOT BE SATISFACTORILY PATCHED, 17 AS A MINIMUM, THE LEVEL OF WORKMANSHIP SHOULD MATCH THE GENERAL LEVEL OF EXISTING WORKMANSHIP. 1B WHERE REQUIRED, TRIM EXIISTING WOOD DOORS A5 NECIESSARY TO CLEAR FLOORING. SEAL CUT EDGES, 19. UNLESS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OTHERWISE, DO NOT SUPPORT OR SUSPEND ITEMS, EQUIPMENT, HANGERS„ ETC. FROM EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS (BEAMS TRUSSES, JOIST, ETC,) WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF A LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 20. DO NOT GUT OR DRILL ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBER. (PARTICULARLY ROOF JOIST) WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL.. OF' A LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, 21. SHORING OF STRUCTURAL FOUNDATIONS, STRUCTURES, ANDIOR TRENCHING REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIE WORK DESCRIBED IN THE DOCUMENTS IS CONSIDERED AMEANS, METHOD OR TECHNIQUE AND IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE. CONTRACTOR, IF A REGULATORY AGEINCY REQUIRES A LICENSED ENGINEER TO SUPERVISE, APPROVE, ANDIOR PROVIDE DRAWINGS FOR STRUCTURAL. FOUNDATIONS, STRUCTURES, AND/OR TRENCHING, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CONTRACT WITH THE ENGINEER DIRECTLY AND THE COST SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID. 22. ALL SYSTEMS AND SERVICES ARE 70 BE LEFT OPERATIONAL. PRIOR TO THE END OF EACH WORKDAY. 23. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL. REMOVE ALL RUBBLE AND DEBRIS FROM THE JOBSITE DAILY AND LEAVE THE BUILDING AND GROUNDS BROOM CLEAN UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK. OPERATIONAL PHASING NOTES 1. THE PHASING INDICATED ON THE DRAWING IS THE OWNER'S PREFERRED OPERATIONAL SEQUENCES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM THE OPERATIONAL PHASING WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTIRUCTION 2, THE PHASING SHOWN IS NOT INITENDED TO REPRESENT OR DICTATE CONSTRUCTION PHASING, MEANS, METHODS OR TECHNIQUES. 3. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL CONSTRUCTION PHASING SO AS NOT TO IMPACT THE OWNERS OPIERATIONS,. 4. REMOVE WALLS, BOLLARDS, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, ETC, AND CAP UTILITIES BELOW THE FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THE OPERATIONAL PHASING. 5. PROVIDE TEMPORARY UTILITIES AS REQUIRED DURING, PHASING. 6. WHEN THE WORK INCLUDES DEMOLITION OF OR. TEMPORARILY COVERING OF THE EXISTING EXTERIOR SIGNAGE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY "COSTCO WHOLESALE' SIGNAGE (OF SIZE COMPARABLE TO EXISTING SIGN) UNTIL PERMANENT SIGN IS INSTALLED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, PROVIDE ILLUMINATION FOR THE TEMPORARY SIGN. CONFIRM LOCATIONS WITH THE OWNER. FOOD COURT REMODEL UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT EXISTING FLOOR PLAN SCALE: NOT TO SCALE A A ENTRANCE EXIT AREA OF WORK THIS PERMIT ANTE ROOM EXISTING SITE PLAN CALE: NOT TO SCALE SUUITE. 150 COSTCO DRIVE AREA. OF WORK ANTE ROOM TIRE IN9TAIAATION-' ID REC.E,IVING. HE' NO CHANGE TO EGRESS SYSTEM EXPI TAN 132D20 ID PILE SPX Permed No. JIL&Q Plan review approval is subject to errors End om lss..'`1n5, Approval of con l'ruct 3n documents doors not ELth0r7e the violation cf 27y adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Fiord Copy and conditions is a Dwlad9ed: Date:. City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION VIEYI%t.D FOR CODE COBArt.IANCE, APPROVED MAY 15 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION R c 1VED CITY OF TUKbdi;-. -ERVIITI CENTER TUKWILA, WA #006 400 COSTCO DRIVE TUKWILA, WA 98188 COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 T: 425.313.8100 WwW.costco.com 1101 Second Ave, Ste 100 Seattle, WA 98101' 206 962 6500 MG2,con1 PERMIT ISSUE MIITCHELL C. SM11TH. ARCHITECT 11 oNO2 loo ogoN reaoNed No proof 'Nnwrurvm_r n r,rr,9 aN Y Igrrnor t%'ArvY mean, �h ul Len Ylse�r w,�E rvq imer M.] 1rw�/ ,%/ DATE ESCRIPTIOI,1 04125116 PERMIT ISSUE AS -BUILT 93-0440 -33 PMI: TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT DRAWN TS TITLE SHEET TS1O1 ° STEEL JOIST WINDOW KEY NOTES: UL LISTED ARMORTEXt BULLET RESISTANT COMPOSITES (Tf) FLUSH WELD ALL CORNERS BY MECHANICAL MEANS C) 16 GA PIPJME SST FRAME (1)NIEOPRENE SETTING BLOCKS - TYPICAL AT (4) SIDES (:(6) UL LISTED ARMORTEXT BULLET RESISTANT GLAZING 0 TREMOO-446 GLAZING TAPE 0 REMOVABLE STOP 1' X 1' 63) ANCHORS AND ANCHOR HOLES AS REQUIRED 0 SPEAKER MODEL 4 SSBRS.7 TION ON SUSPENDED GRID -PAINT SS•OWB - PAINT, TYP ANTE ROOM 1 56 THREAT SIDE PACKAGE RECEIVER KEY NOTES: 0 PADDLE LATCH WITH KEY LOCK 0 OUTSIDE DOOR RELEASE HANDLE 0 MOUNTING RANGE (SHOP WELDED) (4)16 GA STEEL DOOR NU UL LISTED LEVEL s"--- 2 BULLET RESISTANT FIBERGLASS (3) TWO PIECE 12 GA ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING FLANGE (SHIPPED LOOSE) ANTE ROOM / VAULT 0 //r—EXISTING PNEUMATIC TUBES - SHAPED16 GA SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL ®AT CORNER NOTE - ADHESIVE TO WALL CORNER GUARDS (CG) SCALE: 3' = 1'-0" DOOR SCHEDULE LOCATION EXTERIOR EGRESS NO. 0 DOOR FRAME HOW LOUVER 15 SECOND DELAY WIDTH HEIGHT TYPE LABEL MATERIAL MATERIAL 1 DET, # SHT. O REMARKS 3.-13° 7,0° F STEEL STEEL 26 SIM A602,2 37 0416 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE LOCATION NO ROOM NAME FLOQR BASE WALL MATERIAL FINISH CEILING REMARKS MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH HT (SEE NOTES BELOW) OFFICE CORE 148 VAIULT CONC SEAL RB-4 GWB P GWB P 8'-6" 4, , 30, 31 150 ANTE ROOM CONC SEAL RB-4 GWB P GWB P 8.6" 4, 18 DOOR TYPES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ROOM FINISH ABBREVIATION KEY " WIDTH CONC CONCRETE GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD P PAINT - EGGSHELL FINISH RB-4 RUBBER BASE - 4" HIGH SEAL SEALER PEEPHOLE , !I ROOM FINISH REMARKS SINGLE 4. STEEL MESH ABOVIE CEILING , 1-HR RATED PER OWNER REQUEST - NOT CODE REQUIRED 18: 14 GA SHEET METAL SECURITY BARRIER OF STUD -FULL HEIGHT 30. GWB ON WALLS EXTENDS TO SECURITY DECK ABOVE 31, STEEL MESH SECURITY BARRIER, FULL HEIGHT TE SECURITY BARRIER - 14 GA SOLID SHEET METAL FULL HEIGHT WITH 58 SCREWS AT lir OC PRE -DRILLED AND COUNTERSINK AT HEAD AKER AT WINDOW FRAME SEALANT ALL AROUND PENETRATIONS - BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL 1/2' ----PACKAGE RECEIVER 4" RUBEER BASE, TYP AT StLL (JAMB 511.1) EXISTING / IPNEUMATIC TUBES VACUUM, VIF EXISTING VAULT I 148 J SAFE SIDE AT PACKAGE RECEIVER EXISTING 6' STEEL JOIST i 12' 0,C. TO REMAIN SECURITY MESH 5/8" GWB PAINT 9%0' AFF t 9.-0' AFF TO JOIST 111-/ TO 40IST 8'-iLkFLAL„ 9-6' AFF TO CEILING 4F 1- TO CEILING EXISTING FULL HIEIGHT STUDS MESH, FULL HEIGHT EXISTING OFFICE EXISTING FULL HEIGHT STUDS SECURITY MESH, FULL HEIGHT FIN FILLS /7-0" FLR VAULT 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE - PAINT EXISTING 6' STEEL JOIST 12' O.C. TO REMAIN PAINT —7- TRANSACTION WINDOW WITH, SPEAKER AND PACKAGE RECEIVER ISOMETRIC NOT TO SCALE SECTION AT WINDOW FRAME SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 1 L PARTIAL DEMO FLOOR PLAN 0112 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" DEMO KEYNOTES 1 DEMOLISH EXISTING GWB ON THE INSIDE WALL OF THE VAULT DEMIOLISH PORTION OF EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL RELOCATE SAFE, VERIFY NEW LOCATION W/ WAREHOUSE MANAGER H DEMOLISH CASEWORK, VERIFY INI WARIEHOUSIE MANAGER DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING RCP AND LIGHTING SECURITY MESH, FULL HEIGHT CORNER GUARD TO 7-0" AFF 5/8' GWB, PAINTED , EEYOND SECURITY MESH, FULL HEIGHT EXISTING VAULT 148__I SAFE SIDE 4' RUBBER BASE, TYP EXISTING OFFICE SAFE SIDE VAULT THREAT SIDE ANTE ROOM SECTION 7" DIA ELEVATION AT SPEAKER SPEAKER KEY NOTES: UL LISTED BULLET RESISTANT GLAZING 012 GA SST SPEAKER 1"4" DIA SST SCREWS 0 TREMC0-440 GLAZING TAPE eSPACER UNITS 0 UL LISTED LEVEL 3 BULLET RESISTANT POLYCORBONATE TV 306 TUKWILA, WA #006 400 COSTCO DRIVE TUKWILA, WA 98188 COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION AFF 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 T: 425 313,8100 www.costco.com SCALE: 3" ) NOTE CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES, SEE ME,I 0112 PARTIAL CEILING PLAN AT VAULT 1217 .1217 ,' L — — REVIEV&D FOR CODE COM alANCE APPROVED MAY 1 5 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GC NOTE. DEMO ALL EXISTING LIGHTING AND DIFFUSER PARTIAL DEMO CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" EXTEND WALL TO BACK OF PANEL — ANTE ROOM X.VAMIAW CORNER GUARD EXISTING VAULT EXISTING CASEWORK, VERIFY WI WAREHOUSE MANAGER lAN1342n EXISTING PNEUMATIC TUBES Cr(", OF TUrJ,JV dERMiT CENTER. 0111Z PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN 1217 1101 Second Ave, Ste 100 Seattle, WA 98101 206 962 6500 MG2.corn PERMIT ISSUE MITCHELL C. SMITH, ARCHITECT CHELL C. SMITH ATE OF WASHINGTON WIG2 Ira All righ. r.m,oe, No pal ths doconent may lw trd rem, MT.{ p,omag,.1, ?ry vortng MC DATE 04r25/1B DESCRIPTION PERMIT ISSUE ^....^..... AS-SUVLT ISSUE 934) 440-33 PM TANYA SMUDRAPRABHUT DRAWN VAULT AND ANTE ROOM PLANS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 1217 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 1217 C20 SCALE: 1/4" = 1.-0" 1217 A502.2 PLAN IN; © TES : 0 E.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING ELECTIRICAL DEVICES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUITS & WIRES TO SOURCE. REFER TO DEMO AREA, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION. TURN OFF BREAKER(S) AND LABEL.. AS 'SPARE', IF APPLICABLE. Q E.C. TO CONNECT NEW RECEPTACLE, BUZZER ETC. TO EXISTING RECEPTACLE AS SHOWN. FIELD VERIFY. E.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING IN EXISTING VAULT AND PROVIDE NEW LIGHTING AS SHOWN. REUSE EXISTING CIRCUIT. FIELD VERIFY. SECURITY CAMERA OUTLET ROUGH IN. EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN, VAULT VAULT ROOM - POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHAUL HAVE FACTORY INSTALLED DISCONNECTED MEANS PER LATEST NEC CODE TYPE MANUFACTURER NUMBER LAMBS MOUNT WATT REMARKS HE WIWAMS COOPER LITHONIA ........... 21-4-L50/840-II-DIM-UNV 4WSNLED-LD4-52HL-A-UNV-L840 -COI -U LBL4 4800UM 80CRI 40K MINI ZT MVOLT LED SURFACE 53 J1 COOPER 4SWLED-LW-L04-L840-52HL-UNV -CD2-SVPD1 LED SURFACE 47 EL PROVIDE EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK OPTION WHERE INDICATED INDICATOR 'LIGHT, AND CAPACITY OF (1400 LUMEN) LIGHT DIAGNOSTIC TESTING SYSTEM, ON PLANS. INCLUDE ALL RELAY, TEST SWITCH, RED OUTPUT FOR 90-MINUTE. NOT A NIGHT LIGHT. SELF AIR TERMINAL SCHEDULE SYMBOL MANUFACTURER '.. URER SERVCE MODEL PATTERN (DAMPER NECK FRAME LOCATION • CDH rTUTTLE & BAILEYT SUPPLY PP PERFORATED FIRE / OBD 'FLANGE VAULT RGH TUTTLE & BAILEY SUPPLY PR PERFORATED IFIRE / OBD FLANGE VAULT • VERIFY NUMBER OF DIFFUSERS AND ALL LOCATIONS ON PLANS - DIFFUSER 15 NOT REQUIRED IF NOT ON PLANS VAULT ROOM - LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4' -0" DEMO EXISTING RETURN DUCT. PROVIDE 16/10 RELIEF VENT ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE THREE (3) 90' BENDS WITH SCREENED OPENING ABOVE STRUCTURE. TO EXISTING LIGHTING IRCUIT. FIELD VERIFY. RELOCATED EXISTING SUPPL DUCT HERE. PROVIDE NEW DIFFUSER. CDF-4 VAULT ROOM - HVAC PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" f I PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/18" = ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS FOR THE SCOPE OF CORRESPONDING ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID AND TO WORK. REMOVAL OF EXISTING ITEMS SHALL INCLUDE DISCONNECTING AND REMOVING OF THE EXISTING CONDUITS AND WIRING BACK TO THE NEXT ACTIVE OUTLET OR SOURCE. PROVIDE MATCHING BLANK COVER PLATE AS REQUIRED. REMOVE OR ABANDON ALL UNUSED UNDERGROUND, UNDER FLOOR RACEWAYS. REMOVE ALL UNUSED SURFACE RACEWAYS. RELOCATE EXISTING ITEMS SHALL 'INCLUDE DISCONNECTING AND EXTENDING EXISTING CONDUITS AND WIRING TO NEW LOCATION, PROVIDE NEW CONNECTION AS REQUIRED, PROVIDE. CUTTING, PATCHING, TRENCHING AND BACK FILL FOR ALL RELATED ELECTRICAL WORK AS REQUIRED. ALL REMODEL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED NOT TO INTERFERE WITH WAREHOUSE'S NORMAL OPERATION, COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE WITH OWNER, ARCHITECT FOR WORK SCHEDULE. PERFORM WORK DURING OFF BUSINESS HOURS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE WITH OWNER FOR ANY EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHUT DOWN, PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO MAINTAIN EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR WAREHOUSE'S NORMAL OPERATION AS REQUIRED. GENERAL NOTES 1. MINIMUM WIRE & CONDUIT SIZE ARE #12 CU & 1/2"C. TYP. 2. NO ALUMINUM WIRE ALLOWED. 3. ALL BREAKER AIC RATINGS TO MATCH PANEL AIC RATINGS. 4. ALL U.L. LISTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER THEIR LISTING OR LABELING. 4/24 RGIF SEE ENLARGED PLANS. THIS SHEET. EXISTING PANEL AND TRANSFORMER 10 IIP4A I P6 go I PP ELECTRICAL LEGEND Q FIXTURE TYPE f I LED LIGHT FIXTURE E.Tigida FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY LIGHT CIRCUIT W/BATTERY BACK PACK ▪ CONDUIT IN CEILING OR WALL, 1/2" MIN. CONDUIT UNDERGROUND OR FLOOR, 3/4" MIN. HOME RUN TO PANEL WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER, SLASHES INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS y CINDICATES ALLICECOND©ITOPVCUIT OPHLAS1]C CONDUit'/2 C ISOLATED GROUND OR GROUND CONDUCTOR FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTION AS REQUIRED 1T TRANSFORMER 3/4"x4'x8' PAINTED TELEPHONE BOARD - EXISTING PANEL. DI PUSH BUTTON. +42" ® BUZZER WITH TRANSFORMER, +7'-6" SINGLE POLE SWITCH, +42" $} THREE POLE SWITCH, +42" 0,„ 0-10V OCCUPANCY SENSOR & DIMMING SWITCH LUTRON MS-Z101-IV. NOTE: SET TO 20-MINUTES DELAY, PROVIDE (LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO EACH FIXTURE. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY. O DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, +18" OR AS NOTED O FOUR-PLEX RECEPTACLE, +18" MIN. OR AS NOTED • ISOLATED GROUND FOUR -FLEX. RECEPTACLE, +18" OR AS NOTED Q JUNCTION BOX, SIZE AND TYPE PER CODE ♦ TELEPHONE / DATA OUTLET WITH 3/4" CONCEALED -IN -WALL CONDUIT UP TO CEILING SPACE OR AS SHOWN, DO NOT DAISY CHAIN.. IZ FUSED DISCONNECT, COORDINATE W/EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER DISCONNECT SWITCH MOTOR CONNECTION AS REQUIRED ABOVE FINISH FLOOR GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TYPICAL 2-COMPARTMENT POWER POLE, WIREMOLD 25DTP SERIES B.1'C A.F.F, GFI E.C. TIP. re'R REMOVE XIISTING PNIL BR 2 XISTING_ONL BR. .. EXISTING PANELS AND TRANSFORMERS ENCLOSED IIN ALCOVE RI VIE+iliac') FOR CODE COI LIANCE APPROVED MAY 15 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECE1VED',�_� CITY OF TUK'.'v'!!_r.5 2 251 bie- oi'1 CHECKED: ANT/JGM/PKR ISSUE DATE: APRIL 24, 2018 01 034.dwg, 04-25- w m Ir trongback Ope v1 n0il 4L1 GENERAL NOTE REMODEL THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - ASTMS NOTED ARE TO BE LATEST EDITION, 1. DESCRIPTION Budding Name & Site Location - Costco le le - Tukwita., WA 2. DESIGN CODE AND STANDARDS Applicable Code (Edition/Name) - 2015 International Building Code (IBC) 3. DESIGN LOADS a. Seismic b, Wind Load Risk Category II Ss = 11.432, S1 = 0,533, le = 1.0, Site Class "D" and SDS = 0.955, SD1 = 0,533. Seismic Design Category = "D" Risk Category II Basic wind speed (3 sec. gust) VULT= 110 mph, VASD= 65 mph Exposure C Kzt= t .0 Ad Code required load co, design c. Load Combinations nlbinations are to be used in the building OSHA STANDARDS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PROVISIONS OF THE CURRENT OSHA STANDARDS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THESE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY NONCOMPLIANCE WITH OSHA STANDARDS, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS MEANS AND METHODS- THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM ENW OF ANY NONCOMPLIANCE SO THE DRAWINGS MAY BE MODIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS AND METHODS AS WELL. AS JOBSVTE SAFETY ON THIS PROJECT. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH "RISC SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS", AND THE "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE'. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL. CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: WIDE FLANGE SHAPES ASTM A-992 (Fy=50"000 PSI) OTHER SHAPES AND PLATES ASTM A-36 (Fy=36,000 PSI) TUBE COLUMNS ASTM A-500, GRADE B (Fy=46,000 PSI) WELDHEAD STUDS ASTM A-108 (Fy=55,000 PSI) ALL -THREAD ASTM F1554, GRADE 36 (Fy=36,000 PSI) MACHINE BOLTS ASTM A-307 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS ASTM A-325N (U.N,0.) ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL BOLTED CONNECTIONS AT MECHANICAL PLATFOIRMS ARE ASTM A-325 TYPE N CONNECTIONS • BEARING TYPE WITH THREADS INCLUDED IN SHEAR PLANE. CONNECTIONS ARE NON -SLIP CRITICAL AND BOLTS NEED TO BE TIGHTENED "SNUG ABBREVIATIONS TIGHT" ONLY EXCEPT AT FRAMES. PROVIDE WASHERS AT OUTER PLYS WITH SLOTTED HOLES. INSTALL A-325 BOOTS IIN ACCORDANCE WITH "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR A490 BOLTS' (111/13/85),. PROVIDE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT FOR ANCHOR BOLTS AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. ALL WELDING TO CONFORM WITH AWS D1.1 "CODE FOR WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION°°. WELDS NOT SPECIFIED SHALL BE 1/4", CONTINUOUS FILLET MINIMUM. ALL WELDS BY CERTIFIED WELDERS. USE FRESH 70XX ELECTRODES FOR MANUAL SHIELDED METAL -ARC WELDING OR EQUAL ELECTRODES. WELOHEAD STUDS (WHS) ARE TO BE MACHINE WELDED WITH PROPER EQUIPMENT. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ITEMS TO BE GALVANIZED. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS INSPECTIONS ARE TO BE PER THE CODE INDICATED ABOVE AND ARE TO BE BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB APPROVED PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION BY THE BUILDING DEPT AND THE ARCHITECT INSPECT ALL SHOP WELDING UNLESS THE SHOP IS CERTIFIED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT. CONCRETE AND MASONRY ANCHORS (BOLTS, THREADED RODS AND REBAR DOWELS DRILLED IN EXPANSION ANCHORS: CONCRETE HILTI KWK BOLT TZ PER ESR-1917 CMU HILTI KWt'K BOLT 3 PER ESR-1355 ADHESIVE ANCHORS'. CONCRETE HILTI HIT -RESOD -SD PER ESR-2322 AND HILTI HIT-HY 200-R PER. ESR-3167 CMU HILT( HIT-HY 70 PER ESR-2662 UNREINFORCED MASONRY HILTI HIT-HY 70 PER ESR-3342: CAST IN PLACE ANCHORS: CONCRETE EMBED PER IBC TABLE 1908.2 CMU EMBED 7 BOLT DIAMETERS. PROVIDE X INCH OF GROUT BETWEEN BOLT & CMU. SCREW ANCHORS: CONCRETE CMU HILTI KWIK HIUS-EZ (KH-EZ) AND I-US-EZ 1 (KH-EZ I) PER ESR-3027 HILTI K1MIK HUS-EZ (KHI-EZ) PER. ESR-3056 ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONCRETE HAVING A MINIMUM' AGE OF 21 DAYS AT TIME OF INSTALLATION PER ACI 31.8 - 11 SECTION D.2.2. INSTALLATION OF ADHESIVE ANCHORS HORIZONTALLY OR UPWARDLY INCLINED TO SUPPORT TENSION LOADS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY CERTIFIED PERSONNEL IN CONFORMANCE TO ACI 318 - 11 SECTION 0.9,2.2, FOLLOW INSTALLATION PROCEDURES OF ESR REPORT AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTION AS NOTED AND/OR REQUIRED BY ESR REPORT. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS WRITTEN APPROVAL BY ENW IS RECEIVED. SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO ENW FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL OR. GALVANIZED ANCHORS FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS AS REQUIRED ANCHORS RATED FOR DRY INTERIOR.. CONDITIONS MAY NOT BE USED FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS PER ESR REPORT LIGHTGAGE STEEL FRAMING AND DECKING (SEE DRAWINGS1 WELDING: SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED DURING ALL STRUCTURAL. WELDING. INSPECT ALL FIELD WELDING - VERIFY CERTIFICATION. OF WELDERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR REWELDING AND REINSPECTION OF ALL. WELDS NOT MEETING SPECS. INSPECTOR SHALL NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF WELDS NOT MEETING SPECS. CONC. EXPANSIION & MASONRY ANCHORS & DRILLED -IN DOWELS: COPY OF ICC REPORT FOE ANCHORS OR ADHESIVE SYSTEM USED MUST BE AVAILABLE AT JOB SITE. VERIFY ANCHORS OR ADHESIVE SYSTEM INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REPORT. STEEL: IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 1704.3 OF IBC AND REFERENCED STANDARDS. CONTINUOUS INSPECTION - SLIP -CRITICAL (SC) HIGH STRENGTH BOLTED CONNECTIONS. COMPLETE AND PARTIAL PENETRATION GROOVE. WELDS. NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING [5 REQUIRED FOR ALL COMPLETE PENETRATION WELDS - SHOP AND FIELD, MULTIPASS (FILLET WELDS. SINGLE -PASS FILLET WELDS GREATER THAN 5/16-INCH. WELDING OF REINFORCING IN INTERMEDIATE. AND SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES, BOUNDARY ELEMENTS OF SPECIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE SHEAR. WALLS AND SHEAR REINFORCEMENT. PERIODIC INSPECTION VERIFY HIGH -STRENGTH BOLT IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS CONFORM TO SPECIFIED ASTM STANDARDS. REVIEW OF MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. INSTALLATION OF BEARING -TYPE BOLTED CONNECTIONS. SINGLE -PASS FILLET WELDS 5/16-INCH OR LESS. FLOOR AND ROOF DECK. WELDS. COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAME WELDING. WELDING OF STAIRS AND RAILINGS. WELDING OF STUDS VERIFICATION OF WELDABILITY OF REINFORCING STEEL OTHER THAN ASTM A-706. WELDING OF REINFORCING STEEL OTHER THAN THAT REQUIRING CONTINUOUS INISPECTION, STEEL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PLANS. SPECIAL CONDITIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING AND BRACING OF ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ALL FIELD CHANGES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ARCH. BAL. B. OR 007, BTWN,. BLDG. BRG- C.I.P. CJ. CL CLR. CMU COL. CONC. C.S.J. EA. E.E, E.F. E.J. EL. OR ELEV- E.N.W OR ENW EQ. E.S. E.W, F.0.C. F,0.5,. F.O.W. FTG. GA, GALV. H. OR HOR12. LB.C. I.C.C, LF INC.. K L.W. M.B.S. N.F. N T.S oc O.F. 0.S. O.T.O. PL REINF. REM. R.0. SECT. SIM. S.J STL.. SW SYMM. T, T..B. T_F. T..S• T..W. TYP. U.N.O. V.E.F. VERT. V.F.F. VFY V.I.F. V.N.F. V.N F. W.A B.O. w/ w/o W.H.S, (40 ARCHITECT BALANCE BOTTOM BETWEEN BUILDING BEARING CAST IN PLACE CONSTRUCTION JOINT CENTERLINE CLEAR CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COLUMN CONCRETE CLOSURE STRIP JOINT EACH EACH END EACH FACE EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ENGINEERS NORTHWEST EQUAL EACH SIIDE. EACH WAY FACE OF CONCRETE FACE OF STUD FACE. OF WALL FOOTING GAGE HOT DIP GALVANIZED GYPSUM WALL BOARD HORIZONTAL. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL INSIDE FACE INCLUDING KIP (1000 POUNDS) LONG WAY METAL. BLDG SUPPLIER NEAR FACE NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OUTSIDE FACE OUTSIDE OUT TO OUT PLATE REINFORCING REMAINDER ROUGH OPENIING SECTIONS SIMILAR SHRINKAGE JOINT STEEL SHEARWALL SYMMETRICAL TOP TOP OF BEAM TOP OF FOOTING TOP OF STEEL. TOP OF SLAB TOP OF WALL TYPICAL AT ALL SIMILAR PLACES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VIERTICAL EACH FACE VERTICAL VERTICAL FAR FACE VERIFY VIERTICAL INSIDE FACE VERTICAL NEAR FACE VERTICAL OUTSIDE FACE WASHINGTON'.. ASSOC. OF BUILDING OFFICIALS WITH WITH OUT WELD HEAD STUD AT LIGHT GAGE & MISC. PARTS SCHEDULE ITEM CALLOUT MINIMUM PROPERTIES' APPROVED SUPPLIERS & THEIR CALLOUT FOR THESE ITEMS (K S.i.) I(in.°) S(in,3) A(in.2) ry SSMA I.C.C. ESR-3064P CB HEADERS "' (TYP. U.N.0) (12"-0'" MAX SPAN) (2) 8"` x 1 5/8" x 16GA. 50 11.20 2.46 1.34 1.39 (2)8005162' - 54 (50ksi) RIM JOISTS & BLKG. "' B"' x 1 1/4" x 16GA 50 4.75 1.16 0.59 0.31 800T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL TOP TRACK.'" (U.N.0.) 3 518" x 1 114" x i6GA. 50 0.72 0.38 0.35 0.37 362T125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL TOP TRACK.'" )SPCL..) 3 5/8" x 1 1!4" x 12GA. 50 1.34 0.67 0.62 0.. 362T125 - 97 (50ksi) WALL BIT'. TRACK " (U.N.O,;) 3 518"x 1 114'' x 16'GA. 50 0.72 0.3B 0.35 0.37 362T 125 - 54 (50ksi) WALL STUDS 3 S/8" x 1 518" x 20GA. 33 0.55 0.30 0..26 0.61 3625ti62 - 33 1 1/2" x 20GA. BRACING STRAPS (HORIZ. IN WALLS) 1 1/2" WIDE x 20GA. FLAT STRAP ALT 1 1/2" x 16GA. C.R.D- 33 --- --- -•- - --- 2"x 2" ANGLE GAGE TO MATCH SUPPORTED MEMBER 33 ROOF DECK 1 1 /2" DEEP x 22GA. TYPE "B" 33 0.175 0.)84 -- --- VERCO TYPE HSB-SS I.C.C. ER-2078 WHEELING TYPE HS BW I C C. ESR-1116 SCREWS TL.TO NUL.,) 08-18 x 1" HWH #2 OR PPH #2 HILTI w! 511fi"® MIN,. HEAD SCREWS (G V/. B. TO MILT #10-24 x 1 1/2" PWH #3 HILTI SCREWS (PLYWOOD TO MIL.) #8-18 x 1 1/2'" PWH #3 HILTI 6"oc EDGES & 1:2"oc FIELD WALL & BOTTOM TRACK ANCHORS #D537P10 (0.177"0 X 1 1/2" LOW VELOCITY DRIVE PINS HILT( I.C.C. ESR-1663 NOTES: 1.) " SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER SUPPLIERS FOR THESE ITE THESE JOIST R. TRACK MEMBERS TO BE UNPUNCHED 2.) SINGLE FRAMING MEMBER SHOWN THUS' C 3.) DOUBLE FRAMING MEMBER SHOWN THUS: (U.N.O.) Q NOT ALLOWED. CLIP FLANGES OFF & LAP TOP TRACKS 'TYP. 4 SCREWS MIN.------- (2) SCREWS a 16"oc TOP & BOT. 3: HEADER -.-.. ••••• BEARING HEADER PER SCHEDULE SINGLE WINDOW SILL TRACK 16GA. P NON LOAD BEARING HEADER LOAD BEARING HEADER TYPICAL WALL HEADER DETAIL HEADERS NOTED ON THE PLAN AS "HDR." ARE BEARING HEADERS & ARE NOTED IN THE PARTS SCHEDULE BELOW. HEADERS RUNNING PARALLEL TO THE JOISTS ARE NON -BEARING (U.N.0.) SCREWS @ 16"oc TO ALL WALL TRACKS --- SCREWS ( 3°'oc TO ALL BLOCKING PANELS THRU TOP & BOT. STRAPS CONT. STRAPS TOP & BIT. OF CEILING JOISTS 0 LOCATIONS PER"JOIST BRACING SCHEDULE", LAP STRAPS 24" MIN. w/2 ROWS SCREWS @ 4"00 EA, ROW (6 PER LAP) SEE NOTE BELOW SCREWS (8J EA. CEILING JOIST T. & B. TYP. -- (LAP HEADER OVER 2 JAMB STUDS w/4 SCREWS TO EA. STUD EA. SIDE (8 TOTAL) 2OGA. CLOSURE TRACK AS REQUIRED ---- 2 SCREWS @ 46"oc STUD TO STUD --2"x2" ANGLE CEILING JOIST DEPTH LESS w/(3) SCREWS EA. (FACE TYP. (U.N.O.) SOLID BLOCKING @ END TWO CEILING JOIST SPACES @ EA. STRAP RUN, SAME GAGE & SIZE AS CEILING JOISTS. (PROVIDE TWO SPACES OF SOLID BLOCKING Gt EA, END OF JOIST RUN & ( 20'-0"oc MAX,. BETWEEN TYPICAL JOIST BLOCKING & STRAP DETAIL CEILING JOIST BLOCKING WHERE NOTED ON PLANS THE TOP STRAP NOT REQUIRED IF DECKING IS APPLIED TO TOP OF JOIST THE. BOTTOM STRAP IS NOT REQUIRED IF G W 6. IS APPLIED TO BOTTOM OF JOIST,. 16GA. TRACK (LI N.O.) BLOCKING REQUIRED AT CONT.. JOISTS. PROVIDE 2"x2""ANGLE E.E.w/3 SCREWS PER LEG------�\ SEE TYP. BLOCKING DETAIL FOR ANGLES - TOP TRACK TYP. CONTINUOUS BETWEEN ADJACENT PERPENDICULAR WALLS _., TYP CEILING JOIST PER PLAN (MAX. JOIST SPACING = 48"oc) -- BLOCKING NOT SHOWN HERE FOR CLARITY TYPICAL JOIST OVER INTERIOR WALL STRAP PER SCHEDULE DRIVE PINS © 24"oc MAX. & 6" MAX. FROM IEA. END OF TRACK, //` (U.N.0.) PROVIDE (2)/ @ EA. JAMB TRACK BLOCKING TO MATCH STUDS, PLACE @ 10'-0"oc MAX, ALONG WALL & @ EACH END OF WALL BEND UP' 4" @ EA END. 4 SCREWS TO STRAP EA. BLOCK STUDS 18"o0 PLACE ONE. STUD MIN. DIRECTLY BELOW EACH JOIST. BIT. TRACK PER SCHEDULE USE (1) SCREWS (FROM EACH TRACK FLANGB TO STUD FLANGES TYP. TOP & BOT. EA. SIDE (SEE SCHEDULE). -NOTE: SEAT STUD WEB TIGHT TO TRACK WEB @ TOP & BOT. OF STUDS TYPICAL WALL, BLOCKING & STRAP DETAIL �D 0 STRAP BLOCKING IS REQUIRED Q ED ONLY IF STUDS ARE SHEATHED ONE SIDE ONLY. 0 TYPICAL LIGHT GAGE FRAMING DETAILS3,4 1-0 1/6" CAP PLATE EA. H.S.S. (SEAL WELD ALL AROUND) H.S.S. STRONGBACK PER PLAN EXIST, CONCRETE WALLS 4 a 4 x 1/4 LINTEL. ANGLE. NOTE: CUT 3/4"' HORIZ. SLOT IN CONC, FOR ANGLE NEW SAW -CUT DOOR EXIST. SLAB ON GRADE SECTION NOTES: 1!4" = 1'-0°" 1) CONCRETE ANCHORS, USE 5/6"00 w/HILTI HIT-HY 200-R ADHESIVE IN CONCRETE, INSPECT PER 1 C.C. ESR-3187. 2.) DO NOT SUBSTITUTE OTHER ADHESIVES 3.) DO NOT OVER CUT OPENNINGS AT CORNERS, TYPICAL. 4..) CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT NO VERTICAL WALL JOINTS OCCUR WITHIN THE NEW OPENING AND STRONGBACK SPACE. THICKNESS OF STEEL COMPONENTS 1 GAGE DESIGN THICKNESS MINIMUM THICKNESS' 22 .0283 0269 20 .0346 .0329 18 16 .0451 .0428 .05E6 .0536 14 12 .0713 .0677 .1017' .0966 10 .1240 1265 NOTES: t.) UNCOATED STEEL THICKNESS. THICKNESS IS FOR CARBON SHEET STEEL. 2.) MINIMUM.. THICKNESS REPRESENTS 95% OF DESIGN THICKNESS AND IS THIE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE THICKNESS DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE BASED ON SECTION A2.4 OF THE 20'07' A.I.S.I. CODE L4x4x3/8x0'-4" EA. SIDE H.S.S. w/ 5/8" 0 ANCHORS (EMBED 5 5/8" MIN.) SEE NOTES BELOW SECT. 1/S1.1 TYP. DETAIL 2a. DETAIL 2b L4 x 4 x 1/4 EXTEND STEEL ANGEL 4"" PAST OPNG. ' x HS.S. WIDTH 1 PLATE w/2- 5/8"0 ALL -THREAD 1/4"= 1L-0" RI:VIEV,tD OR CODE COI, LIANCE APPROVED MAY 15 2018 City of Tukwila UILDING DIVISION 2 0 0 NOTE' 14GA. STL. PLATE 5 INSIDE FACE OF ALL WALLS LOCATE & ATTACH PER ARCH_ 1 (N) OPEN NG 800T125-54 OR 600T125-54 BLKG.(MATCH JOIST DEPTH) BETWEEN EXIST, JOIST --SECURITY MESH BY OTHERS PARTIAL CEILING FRAMING PLAN 1 NOTES: 1. ALL ITEMS ARE EXISTING (E) UNLESS NOTED AS (NEW )N). 2. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. NOTIFY ENW IF EXISTING DIMENISIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS ARIE NOT AS SHOWN ON PLAINS AND SECTIONS. 4, VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS w/ ARCH. AREA OF 'D 18-0 �zy KEY PLAN E'CE)VFD 0:l'r OF 4TI)K. rILA N T.S. : c{ DRAWING REVISIONS I DATE II DRAWING SUBMITTALS SUBMIT FOR PERMIT 04-25-2018 SUBMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION m tl to ■.. .. DATE DRAWING REVISIONS 1111 Im W 0 Z STRONGBACK OPENING, DETAILS AND GENE JOB NO: 870220'34 ENGINEER: R. ZHU DRAWN; DAVID TALOA DATE: 08-02-2017 SHEET N0: 51.1 EXISTING STd SUITE 150 OVERA 11 SCALE: NTS MMMMMMMMMMMM REGIONAL OPTICAL FACILITY 441 DOECTO DRIVE LL SITE PLAN EXISTING PARKING /EXISTING CANOPY V EXISTING ENTRANCE EXISTING EXIT COSTCO DRIVE 14.1111110LIPAI 451 COSTCD DRIVE (7) CENLARGED FLOOR PLAN 4 I SCALE: NTS .C) CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTES PAINTED STRIPING I VAULT/ I ANTE I ROOM I EXISTING PARKING DEMO KEYNOTES I STRIPING TO BE REMOVED DEMOLISH EXISTING STOP BAR EXISTING PARKING 7 PROJECT DATA BUILDING DATA: BUILDING AREA INSTALLATION BALER ROOM TOTAL BUILDING 206,910 SF 2,453 SF 2,903 SF 212,266 SF EXISTING PARKING DATA: PARKING PROVIDED: 10WIDE STALLS 621 STALLS 0; 9' WIDE STALLS 120 STALLS )ADA ACCESSIBLE STALLS 20 STALLS TOTAL EXISTING PARKING DELETED PARKING TOTAL PARKING NO. OF STALLS PER 1000 SF OF BUILDING AREA: 11111.1W...11V 762 STALLS 1 STALLS 761 STALLS 3,58 STALLS EXP JAN1321211 REVIMED I' OR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 15 201g City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 4' WIDE PAINTED LINE, WHITE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN SPECS OR ON DRAWING43EcEi,,,,,E CITY OF TUK-.`;' APR ?: 7 PERMIT CENTE: TUKVVILA, WA #006 400 COSTCO DRIVE TUKWILA, WA 96188 COSTCO WHOLESALE CORPORATION 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WA 98027 T: 425.313 8100 wwwcos1co,com 1101 Second Ave, Ste 100 Seattle, WA 98101 206 962 6500 N1G2,com PERMIT ISSUE MITCHELL C. SMITH, ARCHVTECT CMG2, I, Alfrlohls r...erged prl of mo, &mon. may 14,typrodocoe an, rIlrrl, 0.1 vsnrg rorn 1402.1n1 DATE DESCRIPTION 4425/18 PERMIT ISSUE AS-BUIILT ISSUE 93-0440-33 PM TANIYA SMUDRAPRABHUI DRAWN SITE DETAILS ---N\ ENLARGED SITE PLAN 16 SCALE: 1/16" = 1-0" 1 DEMO SITE P N SCALE: 1/16" = 1"-0'" PAINTED STRIPE SCALE: 1/2" = 1-0" 0515 SD2OI